Difference between revisions of ".NET Preferences"

From Galen Healthcare Solutions - Allscripts TouchWorks EHR Wiki
Jump to navigation Jump to search
 
(45 intermediate revisions by 2 users not shown)
Line 1,229: Line 1,229:
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 +
 +
'''CED (Subkey:CVE View Default)
 +
*NOTE: Added in V17.1
 +
 +
Determines C-CDA document sections that are displayed when an imported clinical exchange document (CED) is displayed in Document Viewer.
 +
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Configured custom views found in Clinical View Engine View in '''TW Admin>Document Admin'''
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 +
|}
 +
 +
*Note: CED (Subkey: CVE Interactive View Service API key) and CED (Subkey: CVE Interactive Viewer Service URL) must be configured.
  
 
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification'''
 
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification'''
Line 2,200: Line 2,219:
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''MedAdminRecord (MAR) PatientImageSource'''
 +
 +
*NOTE: Added in V17.1
 +
 +
Allows organization to enter the URL of the web service that will return the patient image when the MRN is passed. The URL must end with an equal (=). A unique patient-specific number will be appended to the URL to read patient images. Patient images will be displayed in the MAR workspace and in the Patient Profile Dialog.
 +
 +
'''MedAdminRecord (MAR) UpdatePatientPictureSource'''
 +
 +
*NOTE: Added in V17.1
 +
 +
Allows organization to determine if patient picture are uploaded from the MAR workspace.
 +
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
 
'''Minimum # of Hours to Keep Patient Site Location and Encounter Status'''
 
'''Minimum # of Hours to Keep Patient Site Location and Encounter Status'''
Line 2,863: Line 2,905:
 
|}     
 
|}     
  
'''ShowAndLogRequestAbortErrorMessage'''
 
  
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
+
'''Sensitive Health (Subkey: Automatically Flag Patients)'''
 +
 
 +
* NOTE: Added in V15.1
  
Displays a message and logs an error if the error occurred because the request was stopped. If the preference is set to the default value of '''Y''', the message, ''The request was aborted'', is displayed and logged in the error_log table. If the preference is set to '''N''', the exception is silently logged in the Instrumentation log. The error description in the instrumentation log is prefixed with the text, '''Ignored Exception'''.
+
The organization can determine if electronic health records will be automatically flagged if it may contain sensitive health conditions. A nightly SQL job will identify any patient EHRs that might contain Sensitive Health information based on patient age criteria set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey:"Age Range High Limit in Years).  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,876: Line 2,919:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
|}
+
|}  
 +
 
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', then a nightly SQL job will run based on the patient age criteria set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) and an icon will be displayed on the patient banner. The icon can be manually removed through the Patient Profile Dialog.
 +
 
 +
'''Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years)'''
  
'''Toolbar Default for Clinician Choice Button'''
+
* NOTE: Added in V15.1
  
Determines which tab of Add Clinical Item opens when you click the Clinician Choice icon on the Clinical Toolbar. 
+
An organization can determine the lowest age limit in years to flag patient EHRs as containing potential sensitive health conditions.
Note: If Chief Complaint is defaulted '''(only available to V11 Note users)''' then the Chief Complaint icon is displayed on the Clinical Toolbar, rather than the Clinician Choice icon.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,892: Line 2,938:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active <ul></li><li>Past Medical History<ul></li><li>Past Surgical History<ul></li><li>Family History<ul></li><li>Social History<ul></li><li>Allergies<ul></li><li>Medication History<ul></li><li>Immunization History<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>Chief Complaints<ul></li><li>Rx<ul></li><li>Medication Administration<ul></li><li>Laboratory<ul></li><li>Radiology<ul></li><li>Procedures<ul></li><li>Findings<ul></li><li>FollowUp/Referral<ul></li><li>Imaging<ul></li><li>Instructions<ul></li><li>Immunizations<ul></li><li>Supplies<ul></li><li>CareGuides<ul></li><li>QSets
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric 0-30
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|0
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
|}
+
|}  
  
'''Toolbar Default for History Builder Button'''  
+
*If set to '''Yes''', patients within the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) will be flagged in the patient banner with an icon.The icon can be manually removed through the Patient Profile Dialog.
 +
*If the patient does not meet the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) the icon does not display.
  
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
 
 +
'''Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years)'''
 +
 
 +
* NOTE: Added in V15.1
 +
 
 +
An organization can determine the highest age limit in years to flag patient EHRs as containing potential sensitive health conditions.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric 0-30
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', patients within the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) will be flagged in the patient banner with an icon.The icon can be manually removed through the Patient Profile Dialog.
 +
*If the patient does not meet the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) the icon does not display.
 +
 
 +
 +
'''ShowAndLogRequestAbortErrorMessage'''
 +
 
 +
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
 +
 
 +
Displays a message and logs an error if the error occurred because the request was stopped. If the preference is set to the default value of '''Y''', the message, ''The request was aborted'', is displayed and logged in the error_log table. If the preference is set to '''N''', the exception is silently logged in the Instrumentation log. The error description in the instrumentation log is prefixed with the text, '''Ignored Exception'''.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Toolbar Default for Clinician Choice Button'''
 +
 
 +
Determines which tab of Add Clinical Item opens when you click the Clinician Choice icon on the Clinical Toolbar. 
 +
Note: If Chief Complaint is defaulted '''(only available to V11 Note users)''' then the Chief Complaint icon is displayed on the Clinical Toolbar, rather than the Clinician Choice icon.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active <ul></li><li>Past Medical History<ul></li><li>Past Surgical History<ul></li><li>Family History<ul></li><li>Social History<ul></li><li>Allergies<ul></li><li>Medication History<ul></li><li>Immunization History<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>Chief Complaints<ul></li><li>Rx<ul></li><li>Medication Administration<ul></li><li>Laboratory<ul></li><li>Radiology<ul></li><li>Procedures<ul></li><li>Findings<ul></li><li>FollowUp/Referral<ul></li><li>Imaging<ul></li><li>Instructions<ul></li><li>Immunizations<ul></li><li>Supplies<ul></li><li>CareGuides<ul></li><li>QSets
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Toolbar Default for History Builder Button'''
 +
 
 +
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
 
Enables users to be able to set a default tab for the History Builder Button within the ACI.
 
Enables users to be able to set a default tab for the History Builder Button within the ACI.
Line 3,607: Line 3,714:
 
=='''Meds Preferences'''==
 
=='''Meds Preferences'''==
  
''' AllowFutureDateRecwoOrdering'''  
+
'''AllowUsersToSelectSelfForVisualVerification'''
 +
*NOTE: New in V15.1
 +
 
 +
Enables organizations to determine if users can select his or her username as the person who verified the medication or immunization when '''Visually Verified By''' is required on Medication Details or Immunization Details.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
''' AllowFutureDateRecwoOrdering'''  
  
 
'''New''' in v11.4.1 HF1
 
'''New''' in v11.4.1 HF1
Line 3,672: Line 3,796:
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Automatically Attach Coupon to Rx (When Applicable)'''
 +
*NOTE: Added in V17.1
 +
 +
Allows eCoupons to be automatically attached to applicable medications.
 +
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
 +
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', the coupon output method in Medication Details is automatically set to '''Send coupon to pharmacy electronically''' or '''Print coupon and give to patient''' depending on the prescribe action set in Medication Details.
 +
 +
*If set to '''No''', the coupon output method in Medication Details is set to '''Decline coupon for this patient''' automatically. Both '''Send coupon to pharmacy electronically''' or '''Print coupon and give to patient''' will still be available to select manually.
 +
 
''' Auto Dispense Inventory Medications'''
 
''' Auto Dispense Inventory Medications'''
  
Line 4,180: Line 4,325:
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' EnableMAI: Enable Medication Adherence Indicators'''
+
'''EnableElectronicPriorAuth'''
 +
*NOTE: Added in v11.5
  
Allows organizations to enable the Medication Adherence indicator for applicable patients.
+
Allows organizations to configure the electronic (ePA) feature.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,191: Line 4,337:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Enable Rx Hub Medication History'''
+
'''EnableEpcs'''
 
+
*NOTE: Added in v11.5
Determines if external medication history data is allowed to be brought into the application.  In addition this setting determines if the Medication Consent is enabled within the patient profile. Some organizations require written confimration of consent in some form from the patient prior to any action being taken.  In these cases typically the front desk staff would update the patient profile.
 
  
* '''Note'''  this prefrence is set in conjuction with Medication History preference in accordance with organizational policies.
+
Allows organization to determine if Electronic Prescripts for Controlled Substances (EPCS) ordering and signing workflows are enabled at the enterprise or org level for users who have been built per EPCS Implementation Guide.
 
 
* If set to '''Y''' the application will allow patient history to be loaded from Rx Hub.  This requires that the patient's medication benefits information is added to the application and a match can be made with the Rx Hub Warehouse.  If these items are both true, a patients historical medications will be loaded into the system.
 
* If set to '''N''' the system will not attempt to load the patient's historical medications.
 
 
 
*Note: Added in V11.1.6.  This can be disabled for individual patients to meet HIPAA -see [[Med History Patient Disable]]
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,216: Line 4,356:
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Enable SCRIPT Messaging'''
+
*If set to '''Yes''', EPCS is enabled at the level specified and enables all EPCS ordering and signing workflows.
 +
*If set to '''No''', EPCS is not enabled at the level specified and no user can electronically prescribe a controlled substance. Fully provisioned providers can however order controlled substances through non-EPCS workflows.
 +
 
 +
''' EnableMAI: Enable Medication Adherence Indicators'''
 +
 
 +
This preference is no longer used.
 +
 
 +
'''Enable PMPRegistryDocumentation'''
 +
*NOTE: Added in V15.1
  
* If set to '''Y''' then Script messaging is enabled between the provider and the pharmacies using the SureScripts network.  This requires other setup as well, but must be enabled for providers or systems that have been setup and want to use this type of messaging.  When turned on, the system will determine if the pharmacy is a script enabled pharmacy and determine if a script should be sent electronically or as a fax.  This occurs when the Rx Action is Send to Retail. Inbound Script messages will appear as New Prescription Request (NEWRX), Renewal Request (REFREQ), and Renewal Response (REFRES) messages.
+
Allows organizations to enable the Record Registry Consult controls in Clinical Desktop.
* If set to '''N''' Script messaging will be disabled
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,231: Line 4,378:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No - Unless set up for SureScripts usage
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Enable Touchscript Messaging'''
+
*If set to '''Yes''', the Record Registry Consult controls is displayed on the Clinical Desktop. This will allow the user to validate that the state medication registry was consulted when prescribing a controlled substance.The mandated I-STOP Act requirement for New York State is fulfilled.
  
* If '''Y''' is selected then organizations can send in-office medication requests from Touchworks EHR to TouchScripts. This would be used if you are using the FirstFill product which is a part of TouchScripts.  If you are interested in this product you would contact your account manager.   
+
''' Enable Rx Hub Medication History'''
* If set to '''N''' this feature will be disabled.
+
 
 +
Determines if external medication history data is allowed to be brought into the application.  In addition this setting determines if the Medication Consent is enabled within the patient profile. Some organizations require written confimration of consent in some form from the patient prior to any action being taken. In these cases typically the front desk staff would update the patient profile.
 +
 
 +
* '''Note'''  this prefrence is set in conjuction with Medication History preference in accordance with organizational policies.
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the application will allow patient history to be loaded from Rx Hub.  This requires that the patient's medication benefits information is added to the application and a match can be made with the Rx Hub Warehouse.  If these items are both true, a patients historical medications will be loaded into the system.   
 +
* If set to '''N''' the system will not attempt to load the patient's historical medications.
 +
 
 +
*Note: Added in V11.1.6.  This can be disabled for individual patients to meet HIPAA -see [[Med History Patient Disable]]
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,248: Line 4,403:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No - Unless set up for FirstFill Usage
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Formulary Alternatives Reason Required'''
+
''' Enable SCRIPT Messaging'''
  
* If set to '''Off Formulary w/ Preferred''' the user would be required to enter a reason for prescribing a specific medication when the medication is off formulary and there are preferred medications available.   
+
* If set to '''Y''' then Script messaging is enabled between the provider and the pharmacies using the SureScripts network.  This requires other setup as well, but must be enabled for providers or systems that have been setup and want to use this type of messagingWhen turned on, the system will determine if the pharmacy is a script enabled pharmacy and determine if a script should be sent electronically or as a fax.  This occurs when the Rx Action is Send to RetailInbound Script messages will appear as New Prescription Request (NEWRX), Renewal Request (REFREQ), and Renewal Response (REFRES) messages.
* If set to '''Preferred''' the user would be required to enter a reason for prescribing a specific medication when the medication has preferred alternatives available.   
+
* If set to '''N''' Script messaging will be disabled
* If set to '''Never''' the user would not be forced to provide a reason for ignoring formulary alternatives.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,265: Line 4,419:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Off Formulary w/ Preferred</li><li>Preferred</li><li>never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No - Unless set up for SureScripts usage
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Formulary Checking Interrupt Timing'''
+
''' Enable Touchscript Messaging'''
  
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user would be prompted with formulary checking alternatives as they are prescribing the medication.   
+
* If '''Y''' is selected then organizations can send in-office medication requests from Touchworks EHR to TouchScripts. This would be used if you are using the FirstFill product which is a part of TouchScripts.  If you are interested in this product you would contact your account manager.   
* If set to '''Deferred''' the user would be prompted with formulary checking alternatives as they are committing the encounter summary information.   
+
* If set to '''N''' this feature will be disabled.
* If set to '''Never''' the user would not receive the warning.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,283: Line 4,436:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Deferred</li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No - Unless set up for FirstFill Usage
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Immunization - Expiration Date'''
+
''' EPCS (Subkey:OTPDefaultDevice)'''
  
Determines whether or not an expiration date is required to complete an immunization administration.
+
*NOTE: Added in V11.5
* If set to '''Y''' this will require the user to enter an expiration date.
+
*This preference does not need to be configured. Preference is defined when a one time password fills the OTP Device Type default on the Sign Prescription page for Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances.
* If set to '''N''' this will not require the user to enter an expiration date.
 
 
 
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,303: Line 4,453:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Exact name of device is established during Verizon enrollment.
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|This is automatically filled when the prescriber selects a device on Sign Prescription and signs the prescription.
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Administrator Only
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' Immunization - Lot Required'''
+
''' EPCSReportingServiceURL(Subkey: CommonReportingURL)'''
  
Determines whether or not a lot is required to complete an immunization administration.
+
*NOTE: Added in V11.5
* If set to '''Y''' this will require the user to enter a lot number.
+
*Allows organizations to define,for EPCS functionality, the URL that Allscripts Touchworks EHR will connect to for EPCS Reporting Service. Any prescriber can access EPCS Report through the configured EPCS menu.  
* If set to '''N''' this will not require the user to enter a lot number.
 
 
 
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,324: Line 4,471:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>URL
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Default URL for production is https://connect.ps.allscriptscloud.com/Reporting<ul></li>Default URL for test is https://connect.psuat.allscriptscloud.com/Reporting
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Immunization - Manufacturer'''
 
  
Determines whether or not a manufacturer is required to complete an immunization administration.
+
''' EPCSReportingServiceURL(Subkey: DOIReportURL)'''
* If set to '''Y''' this will require the user to enter a manufacturer number. 
 
* If set to '''N''' this will not require the user to enter a manufacturer number.
 
  
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
*NOTE: Added in V11.5
 +
*Allows organizations to define,for EPCS functionality, the URL that Allscripts Touchworks EHR will connect to for EPCS Daily Report of Incidents portal service. Allows administrators the Tenant Admin or EPCS Approver permission access to the Daily Report of Incidents. This is available through EPCS Admin menu.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,344: Line 4,489:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>URL
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Default URL for production is https://droiportal.ps.allscriptsloud.com/EPCSReportingPortalService<ul>Default URL for test is https://roiportal.psuat.allscriptsloud.com/EPCSReportingPortalService
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Immunization - NDC'''
+
''' Formulary Alternatives Reason Required'''
  
Determines whether or not an NDC (National Drug Code) number is required to complete an immunization administration. If Chargeable, is required only when value is configured in Charge Code field in OID.
+
* If set to '''Off Formulary w/ Preferred''' the user would be required to enter a reason for prescribing a specific medication when the medication is off formulary and there are preferred medications available.
 
+
* If set to '''Preferred''' the user would be required to enter a reason for prescribing a specific medication when the medication has preferred alternatives available.
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
* If set to '''Never''' the user would not be forced to provide a reason for ignoring formulary alternatives.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,362: Line 4,507:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Chargeable
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Off Formulary w/ Preferred</li><li>Preferred</li><li>never
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Immunization - Requiredness'''
+
''' Formulary Checking Interrupt Timing'''
  
Determines required field behavior for Expiraton, Date, Lot, Manufacturer, and NDC Preferences whether fields are required to Complete or Required to Save.
+
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user would be prompted with formulary checking alternatives as they are prescribing the medication. 
 
+
* If set to '''Deferred''' the user would be prompted with formulary checking alternatives as they are committing the encounter summary information.
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
* If set to '''Never''' the user would not receive the warning.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,380: Line 4,525:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Complete</li><li>Required to Save
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Deferred</li><li>Never
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Complete
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Immunization Order Authorization Required'''
+
''' Immunization - Expiration Date'''
  
* If set to '''Prospective''' a task will be created for a user/provider that does not have the appropriate medication prescribing levels.  The task must be authorized by the ordering provider before the request can be fulfilled.   
+
Determines whether or not an expiration date is required to complete an immunization administration.
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a task will be created for the ordering provider for auditing purposes only. The immunization can still be fulfilled at the time of entry, but the audit task will be created for review. * If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created and the immunization will be completed at the time of entry and completion.
+
* If set to '''Y''' this will require the user to enter an expiration date.   
 +
* If set to '''N''' this will not require the user to enter an expiration date.
 +
 
 +
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,397: Line 4,545:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' MAR Prescription BarCode'''
 
  
* If set to '''AHS RX Number''' the bar code printed on the MAR prescription will use the Allscripts Rx Number.
+
''' Immunization - Lot Required'''
* If set to '''NDC''' the bar code printed will have the National Drug Code.   
+
 
* If set tp '''GPI''' the bar code printed will use the Gingival-Periodontal Index code.
+
Determines whether or not a lot is required to complete an immunization administration.
 +
* If set to '''Y''' this will require the user to enter a lot number.   
 +
* If set to '''N''' this will not require the user to enter a lot number.
  
*Note: Do not change this preference. It is only used with the MAR (Medication Administration Record) module which most clinics do not use. For the few clients that do use this module, this setting would be based on their needs 
+
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,417: Line 4,566:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>AHS Rx Number</li><li>NDC</li><li>GPI
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Do not change this setting
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Med Admin - Expiration Date'''
+
''' Immunization - Manufacturer'''
  
Determines whether or not an expiration date is required to complete a medication administration.
+
Determines whether or not a manufacturer is required to complete an immunization administration.
* If set to '''Y''' an expiration date is required to complete a medication administration.   
+
* If set to '''Y''' this will require the user to enter a manufacturer number.   
* If set to '''N''' an expiration date is not required to complete a medication administration.
+
* If set to '''N''' this will not require the user to enter a manufacturer number.
  
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,443: Line 4,592:
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Med Admin - Lot Required'''
+
''' Immunization - NDC'''
  
Determines whether or not a lot is required to complete a medication administration.
+
Determines whether or not an NDC (National Drug Code) number is required to complete an immunization administration. If Chargeable, is required only when value is configured in Charge Code field in OID.
* If set to '''Y''' a lot is required to complete a medication administration. 
 
* If set to '''N''' a lot is not required to complete a medication administration.
 
  
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,457: Line 4,604:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Chargeable
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Med Admin - Manufacturer'''
+
''' Immunization - Requiredness'''
  
Determines whether or not a manufacturer is required to complete a medication administration. 
+
Determines required field behavior for Expiraton, Date, Lot, Manufacturer, and NDC Preferences whether fields are required to Complete or Required to Save.
* If set to '''Y''' a manufacturer is required to complete a medication administration. 
 
* If set to '''N''' a manufacturer is not required to complete a medication administration.
 
  
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,477: Line 4,622:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Complete</li><li>Required to Save
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Complete
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Med Admin - NDC'''
+
''' Immunization Order Authorization Required'''
  
Determines whether or not an NDC number is required to complete an medication administration. If Chargeable, is required only when value is configured in Charge Code field in OID.   
+
* If set to '''Prospective''' a task will be created for a user/provider that does not have the appropriate medication prescribing levels.  The task must be authorized by the ordering provider before the request can be fulfilled.
 
+
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a task will be created for the ordering provider for auditing purposes only.  The immunization can still be fulfilled at the time of entry, but the audit task will be created for review.  * If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created and the immunization will be completed at the time of entry and completion.   
*Note: Added in v11.1.7  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,495: Line 4,639:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Chargeable
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribe Enable Admin - Schedule'''
 
  
Determines whether or not a scheduled medication administration can be enabled.
+
''' MaxDailyDoseRequired'''
 +
*NOTE: Added in V11.5
  
*Note: Added in v11.
+
*Allows organization to determine which controlled substance schedules require a Maximum Daily Dose to be set in SIG on Medication Details.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,513: Line 4,657:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required|II|III|IV|V|All
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Admin Only
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Med Admin - Requiredness'''
+
*If '''Not Required''', for all controlled substances. Sets Maximum Daily Dose in SIG on Medication Details to not required for all controlled substances.
 +
*If II, sets Maximum Daily Dose in SIG on Medication Details to required for level II controlled substance.
 +
*If III, sets Maximum Daily Dose in SIG on Medication Details to required for level III controlled substance.
 +
*If IV, sets Maximum Daily Dose in SIG on Medication Details to required for level IV controlled substance.
 +
*If V, sets Maximum Daily Dose in SIG on Medication Details to required for level V controlled substance.
 +
*If All, sets Maximum Daily Dose in SIG on Medication Details to required for level I,II,III and V controlled substance.
  
Determines whether the other Medication Administration preferences ('''Expiration Date, Lot, Manufacturer, NDC''') are required when completing or saving the Medication Admin detail.
+
''' MaxDaysToRetainDistributedCoupon'''
 +
*NOTE: Added in V17.1
  
*Note: Added in v11.
+
*Allows organization to determine the number of days to keep a distributed coupon for printing, faxing, viewing, or sending.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,531: Line 4,681:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Complete</li><li>Required to Save
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Integer 7-30
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Complete
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|7
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Med History Query Duration'''
 
  
This preference determines the specific amount of time (in months) for retrieval of patients medication history from Rx HubThe preference is configurable from one month to 24 months.
+
''' MAR Prescription BarCode'''
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''AHS RX Number''' the bar code printed on the MAR prescription will use the Allscripts Rx Number.   
 +
* If set to '''NDC''' the bar code printed will have the National Drug Code. 
 +
* If set tp '''GPI''' the bar code printed will use the Gingival-Periodontal Index code.
  
*Note: Added in 11.1.6
+
*Note: Do not change this preference. It is only used with the MAR (Medication Administration Record) module which most clinics do not use. For the few clients that do use this module, this setting would be based on their needs 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,549: Line 4,702:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric from 1 to 24 (months)
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>AHS Rx Number</li><li>NDC</li><li>GPI
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|6 (months)
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Do not change this setting
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Medication History:''' Default value for Med Hx consent'''
+
''' Med Admin - Expiration Date'''
 +
 
 +
Determines whether or not an expiration date is required to complete a medication administration. 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' an expiration date is required to complete a medication administration. 
 +
* If set to '''N''' an expiration date is not required to complete a medication administration.
  
This preference determines the default value for the medication history consent within the Patient Profile and works in conjuction with the Enable Rx Hub Medication History Preference.
+
*Note: Added in v11.1.
* '''Unknown''' sets the Medication History Consent to Unknown by default.
 
* '''Granted''' sets the Medication History Consent to Granted by default.
 
* '''Declined''' sets the Medication History Consent to Declined by default.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,568: Line 4,722:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Granted</li><li>Declined</li><li>Unknown
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Unknown
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required For Medication Order'''
+
''' Med Admin - Lot Required'''
 +
 
 +
Determines whether or not a lot is required to complete a medication administration. 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' a lot is required to complete a medication administration. 
 +
* If set to '''N''' a lot is not required to complete a medication administration.
  
This preference is enacted when the setting for '''ReqReAuthActivate''' preference is set to yes.  If order authentication is required, this value is the number of minutes before a user is required to re-authenticate within the system.  (This setting does not apply to the log in screen.)
+
*Note: Added in v11.1.7  
 
* If this setting is set to '''0''', the system will only ask for a password once during a session when ordering a med.
 
* If set to '''5''', the user will need to re-authenticate if they have not completed an action that required authentication within the past 5 minutes.   
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,587: Line 4,742:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric Value
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|0
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Non-Scheduled Meds Order Authorization Required'''
+
''' Med Admin - Manufacturer'''
  
* If set to '''Prospective''' a task will be created for a user/provider that does not have the appropriate medication prescribing levels.  The task must be authorized by the ordering provider before the request can be fulfilled.   
+
Determines whether or not a manufacturer is required to complete a medication administration.   
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a task will be created for the ordering provider for auditing purposes only.  The medication request can still be fulfilled at the time of entry, but the audit task will be created for review.   
+
* If set to '''Y''' a manufacturer is required to complete a medication administration.   
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created and the medication request will be completed at the time of entry and completion.
+
* If set to '''N''' a manufacturer is not required to complete a medication administration.
  
*Note - If a user has the 'Med Order Protocol' Security code assigned to them, they do have the ability to override the Prospective authorization setting. This allows for users to choose "Per Protocol" or "Per Verbal Order" on the Medication Detail screen and allows for clinics to continue these workflows.  This would change the setting to Retrospective in this case and the provider would receive an audit task.   
+
*Note: Added in v11.1.7  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,607: Line 4,762:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Prospective
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Order Present Formulary Alternatives'''
+
''' Med Admin - NDC'''
 +
 
 +
Determines whether or not an NDC number is required to complete an medication administration. If Chargeable, is required only when value is configured in Charge Code field in OID. 
  
* If set to '''Off Formulary w/ Preferred''' the user would be presented with formulary alternatives when the medication is off formulary and there are preferred medications available.
+
*Note: Added in v11.1.7  
* If set to '''Preferred''' the user would be presented with formulary alternatives when the medication has preferred alternatives available. 
 
* If set to '''Never''' the user would not be presented with formulary alternatives.   
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,625: Line 4,780:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Off Formulary with Preferred</li><li>Preferred</li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Chargeable
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Off Formulary w/ Preferred
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Prescribe Enable Admin - Schedule'''
  
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule III Rx'''
+
Determines whether or not a scheduled medication administration can be enabled. 
  
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule III drugs electronically will be prohibitedThis would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs. 
+
*Note: Added in v11.4  
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule III drugs electronically will be allowed.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,644: Line 4,799:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Depends on State/Federal Law
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Med Admin - Requiredness'''
 +
 +
Determines whether the other Medication Administration preferences ('''Expiration Date, Lot, Manufacturer, NDC''') are required when completing or saving the Medication Admin detail. 
  
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule II Rx'''
+
*Note: Added in v11.4  
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule II drugs electronically will be prohibitedThis would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs. 
 
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule II drugs electronically will be allowed.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,660: Line 4,816:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Complete</li><li>Required to Save
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depends on State/Federal Law
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Complete
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Med History Query Duration'''
  
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule IV Rx'''
+
This preference determines the specific amount of time (in months) for retrieval of patients medication history from Rx Hub.  The preference is configurable from one month to 24 months.
  
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule IV drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs. 
+
*Note: Added in 11.1.6
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule IV drugs electronically will be allowed.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,678: Line 4,834:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric from 1 to 24 (months)
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depends on State/Federal Law
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|6 (months)
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule V Rx'''
+
''' Medication History:''' Default value for Med Hx consent'''
  
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule V drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs.
+
This preference determines the default value for the medication history consent within the Patient Profile and works in conjuction with the Enable Rx Hub Medication History Preference.
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule V drugs electronically will be allowed.
+
* '''Unknown''' sets the Medication History Consent to Unknown by default.  
 +
* '''Granted''' sets the Medication History Consent to Granted by default.
 +
* '''Declined''' sets the Medication History Consent to Declined by default.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,695: Line 4,853:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Granted</li><li>Declined</li><li>Unknown
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depends on State/Federal Law
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Unknown
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Override Sign Rx Task for Schedule II Meds'''
+
''' Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required For Medication Order'''
  
*Note: This preference is not used and should be left blank
+
This preference is enacted when the setting for '''ReqReAuthActivate''' preference is set to yes.  If order authentication is required, this value is the number of minutes before a user is required to re-authenticate within the system.  (This setting does not apply to the log in screen.)
 
+
''' Override Sign RX Task for Schedule III-V Meds (Override Sign Rx CIII-V)'''
+
* If this setting is set to '''0''', the system will only ask for a password once during a session when ordering a med.   
 
+
* If set to '''5''', the user will need to re-authenticate if they have not completed an action that required authentication within the past 5 minutes.
*Note: This preference is not used and should be left blank
 
 
 
''' Prescribe Enable Medication Administration Schedule'''
 
 
 
* If set to '''Y''' the ability to schedule a medication administration is available.   
 
* If set to '''N''' the ability to schedule a medication administration is not available.
 
 
 
*Note: This preference applies to the Medication Administration Record Module.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,722: Line 4,872:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric Value
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|0
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribe Non-Formulary Authorization Required'''
+
''' Non-Scheduled Meds Order Authorization Required'''
  
Determines whether authorization is required for non-formulary prescriptions written by users without the Authorize Non-Formulary Prescribing security code.   
+
* If set to '''Prospective''' a task will be created for a user/provider that does not have the appropriate medication prescribing levels.  The task must be authorized by the ordering provider before the request can be fulfilled.   
 +
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a task will be created for the ordering provider for auditing purposes only.  The medication request can still be fulfilled at the time of entry, but the audit task will be created for review. 
 +
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created and the medication request will be completed at the time of entry and completion.
  
* If set to '''Y''' the medication will require authorization prior to fulfillment if prescribing off formulary and will not print without authorization until Authorize Non- Formulary Medication task is resolved.  This setting also requires the end user for selecting a reason for prescibing a non formulary medication.
+
*Note - If a user has the 'Med Order Protocol' Security code assigned to them, they do have the ability to override the Prospective authorization setting.  This allows for users to choose "Per Protocol" or "Per Verbal Order" on the Medication Detail screen and allows for clinics to continue these workflows. This would change the setting to Retrospective in this case and the provider would receive an audit task.
* If set to '''N''' the system will not require authorization if prescribed medications are off formulary.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,741: Line 4,892:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Prospective
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribe Print Problem'''
+
''' Order Present Formulary Alternatives'''
  
Determines if the problem associated with the medication prints on the rx script.   
+
* If set to '''Off Formulary w/ Preferred''' the user would be presented with formulary alternatives when the medication is off formulary and there are preferred medications available.   
* If set to ''''Y''' the problem linked to the medication will be printed on the prescription.   
+
* If set to '''Preferred''' the user would be presented with formulary alternatives when the medication has preferred alternatives available.   
* If set to '''N''' the problem linked to the medication will not display on prescriptions.
+
* If set to '''Never''' the user would not be presented with formulary alternatives.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,759: Line 4,910:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Off Formulary with Preferred</li><li>Preferred</li><li>Never
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Off Formulary w/ Preferred
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribe Print Script Hdr: Hide or Show the Sites'''
 
  
Determines if the site associated with the medication prints on the rx script.  * If set to '''Y''' the Site will display on the prescription.   
+
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule III Rx'''
* If set to '''N''' the Site will not display on the prescription.
+
 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule III drugs electronically will be prohibited.  This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs.   
 +
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule III drugs electronically will be allowed.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,777: Line 4,929:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Depends on State/Federal Law
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribe Print Script HdrCS: Hide or Show the Sites name/address on the printed scheduled prescription'''
 
  
Determines if the site name and address associated with the medication prints on the rx script. 
+
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule II Rx'''
* If set to '''Y''' the Site name and address will display on the prescription.   
+
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule II drugs electronically will be prohibited.  This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs.   
* If set to '''N''' the Site name and address will not display on the prescription.
+
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule II drugs electronically will be allowed.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,795: Line 4,946:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depends on State/Federal Law
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' Prescribe Problem Linking Required'''
+
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule IV Rx'''
  
Determines if problem linking to a prescription is required to reach a status of "Active". 
+
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule IV drugs electronically will be prohibitedThis would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs.   
* If set to '''Required to Save''', the prescription details screen will require a user to select a linked problem prior to saving the prescription.   
+
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule IV drugs electronically will be allowed.
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''', the user does not have to select a problem on the medication detail screen, but the medication will go to a needs info status and create a "Rx Info - Problem" task.  This task will need to be worked and completed before the medication can be fulfilled.   
 
* If set to '''Not Required''' the system will not force the user to select a problem when prescribing or renewing a medication.
 
 
 
*Note: Using the selection 'Required to Save' assist in building user Quicksets.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,815: Line 4,963:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Save</li><li>Needs Info Reason</li><li>Not Required
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depends on State/Federal Law
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribe Rx by Editing Rx Updates Ordered By Field'''
+
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule V Rx'''
  
* If set to '''Y''' the Ordered by field will update to the current user renewing a medication if they are a valid ordering provider.  This can be a good feature when providers are covering for others and the desired behavior is to have the actual prescribing provider documented as the Ordering Provider.   
+
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule V drugs electronically will be prohibited.  This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs.   
* If set to '''N''' the original Ordering Provider will remain unless manually overridden.
+
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule V drugs electronically will be allowed.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,833: Line 4,981:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depends on State/Federal Law
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribe Updates Supervised By On Edit'''
+
''' Override Sign Rx Task for Schedule II Meds'''
 +
 
 +
*Note: This preference is not used and should be left blank
 +
 
 +
''' Override Sign RX Task for Schedule III-V Meds (Override Sign Rx CIII-V)'''
 +
 
 +
*Note: This preference is not used and should be left blank
 +
 
 +
''' Prescribe Enable Medication Administration Schedule'''
  
*Note: Added in v11.4
+
* If set to '''Y''' the ability to schedule a medication administration is available. 
 +
* If set to '''N''' the ability to schedule a medication administration is not available.
  
Determines if an Attending Providers name should be updated in the Supervised By for a medication order; such as Rx, Medication Admin or Immunization Administration, if the provider edits authorizes or voids the medication order.
+
*Note: This preference applies to the Medication Administration Record Module.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,856: Line 5,013:
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribe Warn If Not Participating'''
+
''' Prescribe Non-Formulary Authorization Required'''
 +
 
 +
Determines whether authorization is required for non-formulary prescriptions written by users without the Authorize Non-Formulary Prescribing security code. 
  
Determines whether a warning is dispayed when a medication is not participating in DUR checking.  This can be useful if an organization adds locally defined medications to their dictionary.
+
* If set to '''Y''' the medication will require authorization prior to fulfillment if prescribing off formulary and will not print without authorization until Authorize Non- Formulary Medication task is resolved.  This setting also requires the end user for selecting a reason for prescibing a non formulary medication.
 +
* If set to '''N''' the system will not require authorization if prescribed medications are off formulary.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,866: Line 5,026:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribing: Hide or Show Allscripts Watermark on Faxed Prescriptions'''
+
''' Prescribe Print Problem'''
  
This preference determines whether to hide or show the Allscripts watermark on faxed prescriptions.  
+
Determines if the problem associated with the medication prints on the rx script.
* If set to '''Hide''' the Allscripts watermark will not appear on faxed prescriptions.   
+
* If set to ''''Y''' the problem linked to the medication will be printed on the prescription.   
* If set to '''Show''' the Allscripts watermark will appear on faxed prescriptions.
+
* If set to '''N''' the problem linked to the medication will not display on prescriptions.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,884: Line 5,044:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show</li><li>Hide
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribing: Hide or Show Allscripts Watermark on Printed Prescriptions'''
+
''' Prescribe Print Script Hdr: Hide or Show the Sites'''
  
This preference determines whether to hide or show the Allscripts watermark on printed prescriptions.  
+
Determines if the site associated with the medication prints on the rx script. * If set to '''Y''' the Site will display on the prescription.   
* If set to '''Hide''' the Allscripts watermark will not appear on printed prescriptions.   
+
* If set to '''N''' the Site will not display on the prescription.
* If set to '''Show''' the Allscripts watermark will appear on printed prescriptions.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,902: Line 5,061:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show</li><li>Hide
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribing Supervision'''
+
''' Prescribe Print Script HdrCS: Hide or Show the Sites name/address on the printed scheduled prescription'''
  
Determines whether a cosignature is needs to complete a medication orderThis works with several other required authorization preferences. 
+
Determines if the site name and address associated with the medication prints on the rx script.   
::'''Non-ScheduledMedsOrderAuthorizationrequired'''
+
* If set to '''Y''' the Site name and address will display on the prescription.   
::'''ScheduleIIMedsOrderAuthorizationRequired'''
+
* If set to '''N''' the Site name and address will not display on the prescription.
::'''ScheduleIIItoVMedsOrderAuthorizationRequired'''
 
::'''ImmunizationOrderAuthorizationRequired'''
 
 
 
* If set to '''Y''' along with the approriate authorization required preference it determines what happens when a medication is ordered.
 
* If set to '''Prospective''' the prescription status is Unauthorized adn the order is hlep for authorizationA new Authorize Order task is created or added to the current Authorize Order task for the patient/supervising provider combination if one exists.
 
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a Notification task is created or added to the currently active Order Notification task for the patient/supervising provider combination if one exists.  The order does not go to the Unauthorized Status.
 
* If set to '''Not Required''' no task is sent to the Supervised By provider adn the order does not
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,929: Line 5,081:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<ul><li>Org<ul><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' Prescribing Without Allergy Status'''
+
''' Prescribe Problem Linking Required'''
 +
 
 +
Determines if problem linking to a prescription is required to reach a status of "Active". 
 +
* If set to '''Required to Save''', the prescription details screen will require a user to select a linked problem prior to saving the prescription. 
 +
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''', the user does not have to select a problem on the medication detail screen, but the medication will go to a needs info status and create a "Rx Info - Problem" task.  This task will need to be worked and completed before the medication can be fulfilled. 
 +
* If set to '''Not Required''' the system will not force the user to select a problem when prescribing or renewing a medication.
  
This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted if the patient's allergy status is not defined.
+
*Note: Using the selection 'Required to Save' assist in building user Quicksets.
* If set to '''Prevent''' the user will be prompted when a patient's allergy status is not set.  This will require them to define a patient's allergy status prior to completing a medication request. 
 
* If set to '''Warn''' the user will receive a warning message stating the patient has an unknown allergy status when they are not defined for a patient.  This occurs when selecting a medication from the ACI. 
 
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the user will not receive a warning when prescribing medications.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,947: Line 5,100:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prevent</li><li>Warn</li><li>Do Not Warn
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Save</li><li>Needs Info Reason</li><li>Not Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribing Without Pharmacy Specified'''
+
''' Prescribe Rx by Editing Rx Updates Ordered By Field'''
  
This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted if the patient's pharmacy is not defined.
+
* If set to '''Y''' the Ordered by field will update to the current user renewing a medication if they are a valid ordering provider.  This can be a good feature when providers are covering for others and the desired behavior is to have the actual prescribing provider documented as the Ordering Provider.   
* If set to '''Prevent''' the user will be prompted when a patient's pharmacy is not set.  This will require them to define a pharmacy prior to completing a medication request. 
+
* If set to '''N''' the original Ordering Provider will remain unless manually overridden.
* If set to '''Warn''' the user will receive a warning message stating the patient has no pharmacy when they are not defined for a patient.  This occurs when selecting a medication from the ACI.   
 
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the user will not receive a warning when prescribing medications and a pharmacy is not defined.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,966: Line 5,117:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prevent</li><li>Warn</li><li>Do Not Warn
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prevent Ord Abs Contraind'''
+
''' Prescribe Updates Supervised By On Edit'''
  
*Note: Added in v11.4  
+
*Note: Added in v11.4
  
This preference determines if a Drug-Disease Alert with Absolute Contraindication is displayed when a medication is absolutely contraindicated for a pregnant patient. 
+
Determines if an Attending Providers name should be updated in the Supervised By for a medication order; such as Rx, Medication Admin or Immunization Administration, if the provider edits authorizes or voids the medication order.
* If set to '''Y''' the absolute contraindication rule is run. 
 
* If set to '''N''' the absolute contraindication rule is not run.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,988: Line 5,137:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Prescriptions'''
+
''' Prescribe Warn If Not Participating'''
  
This preference determines whether the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when prescribing or renewing a medication. 
+
Determines whether a warning is dispayed when a medication is not participating in DUR checkingThis can be useful if an organization adds locally defined medications to their dictionary.
* If set to '''Y''' the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when prescribing or renewing a medication.  This behavior is also dependent on the 'Authentication Time-Out' in the general preferences.   
 
* If set to '''N''' the provider or user will not be prompted to enter their password.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,006: Line 5,153:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Prescriptions (Subkey:Print Rx)'''
+
''' Prescribing: Hide or Show Allscripts Watermark on Faxed Prescriptions'''
  
*New in v11.2.2
+
This preference determines whether to hide or show the Allscripts watermark on faxed prescriptions.  
 
+
* If set to '''Hide''' the Allscripts watermark will not appear on faxed prescriptions.   
This preference determines whether the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when printing new or renewed medications.
+
* If set to '''Show''' the Allscripts watermark will appear on faxed prescriptions.
* If set to '''Y''' the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when printing new or renewed medications.  This behavior is also dependent on the 'Authentication Time-Out' in the general preferences.   
 
* If set to '''N''' the provider or user will not be prompted to enter their password.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,024: Line 5,169:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show</li><li>Hide
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
In certain versions that have both ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)
+
''' Prescribing: Hide or Show Allscripts Watermark on Printed Prescriptions'''
and ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (without subkey), ReqReAuthActivatePrescription
 
(Subkey: Print Rx) can override ReqReAuthActivatePrescription for medications with
 
Print Rx selected as the prescribe action.
 
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'Y'   ''and''
 
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'Y'
 
:::''Then'' - System prompts for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.
 
  
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'Y'    ''and''
+
This preference determines whether to hide or show the Allscripts watermark on printed prescriptions.  
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'N'
+
* If set to '''Hide''' the Allscripts watermark will not appear on printed prescriptions.   
:::''Then'' - System prompts for re-authentication for any prescribe action except Print Rx, for which there is not a re-authentication prompt.
+
* If set to '''Show''' the Allscripts watermark will appear on printed prescriptions.
 
 
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'N'    ''and''
 
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'N'
 
:::''Then'' - System does not prompt for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.
 
 
 
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'N'    ''and''
 
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'Y'
 
:::''Then'' - System does not prompt for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.
 
 
 
''' Rx Supervisor Signature Required'''
 
 
 
This preference determines whether the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature.
 
* If set to '''Not Required''' the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication.   
 
* If set to '''Notification Only''' the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when an ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication.  The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. 
 
* If set to '''Authorization Before Fulfillment''' the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication.  The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider.  The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,063: Line 5,187:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required</li><li>Notification Only</li><li>Authorization Before Fulfillment
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show</li><li>Hide
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|This should be based upon the organization's policy
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Rx Supervisor Signature Required for Schedule II Meds'''
+
''' Prescribing Supervision'''
  
This preference determines whether the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature for Schedule II Meds.   
+
Determines whether a cosignature is needs to complete a medication order.  This works with several other required authorization preferences.   
* If set to '''Not Required''' the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication.
+
::'''Non-ScheduledMedsOrderAuthorizationrequired'''
* If set to '''Notification Only''' the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medicationThe task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider.
+
::'''ScheduleIIMedsOrderAuthorizationRequired'''
* If set to '''Authorization Before Fulfillment''' the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication.  The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider.  The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.
+
::'''ScheduleIIItoVMedsOrderAuthorizationRequired'''
 +
::'''ImmunizationOrderAuthorizationRequired'''
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' along with the approriate authorization required preference it determines what happens when a medication is ordered.
 +
* If set to '''Prospective''' the prescription status is Unauthorized adn the order is hlep for authorizationA new Authorize Order task is created or added to the current Authorize Order task for the patient/supervising provider combination if one exists.
 +
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a Notification task is created or added to the currently active Order Notification task for the patient/supervising provider combination if one exists.  The order does not go to the Unauthorized Status.
 +
* If set to '''Not Required''' no task is sent to the Supervised By provider adn the order does not
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,082: Line 5,212:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required</li><li>Notification Only</li><li>Authorization Before Fulfillment
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Based Upon Organizational Policy
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<ul><li>Org<ul><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' Rx Supervisor Signature Required for Schedule III-V Meds'''
+
''' Prescribing Without Allergy Status'''
  
This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature for Schedule III-V Meds.
+
This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted if the patient's allergy status is not defined.  
* If set to '''Not Required''' the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering proider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication.   
+
* If set to '''Prevent''' the user will be prompted when a patient's allergy status is not set.  This will require them to define a patient's allergy status prior to completing a medication request.   
* If set to '''Notification Only''' the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication.  The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider.  * If set to '''Authorization Before Fulfillment''' the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication.  The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider.  The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.
+
* If set to '''Warn''' the user will receive a warning message stating the patient has an unknown allergy status when they are not defined for a patient.  This occurs when selecting a medication from the ACI.   
 +
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the user will not receive a warning when prescribing medications.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,101: Line 5,232:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required</li><li>Notification Only</li><li>Authorization Before Fulfillment
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prevent</li><li>Warn</li><li>Do Not Warn
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Based Upon Organizational Policy
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Rx Disable Fax Signature(applies to Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications)'''
+
''' Prescribing Without Pharmacy Specified'''
  
This preference determines the signature is disabled when faxing Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications.  
+
This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted if the patient's pharmacy is not defined.  
 
+
* If set to '''Prevent''' the user will be prompted when a patient's pharmacy is not setThis will require them to define a pharmacy prior to completing a medication request.  
* If set to '''2''' signature is hidden for Class II medications.   
+
* If set to '''Warn''' the user will receive a warning message stating the patient has no pharmacy when they are not defined for a patient. This occurs when selecting a medication from the ACI.   
* If set to '''2,3''' signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.
+
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the user will not receive a warning when prescribing medications and a pharmacy is not defined.
* If set to '''2,3,4''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications.  
 
* If set to '''2,3,4,5''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications.   
 
* If set to '''Always''' signature is hidden for all medications.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,123: Line 5,251:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>2</li><li>2,3</li><li>2,3,4</li><li>2,3,4,5</li><li>Always
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prevent</li><li>Warn</li><li>Do Not Warn
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Abide by State Law
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Disable Printing of Class II, III, IV, and V Schedule Medications'''
+
''' Prevent Ord Abs Contraind'''
  
Determines whether a signature prints for Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications. When enabled the requirement of Print signature is disabled.
+
*Note: Added in v11.4
  
* If set to '''2''' signature is hidden for Class II medications. 
+
This preference determines if a Drug-Disease Alert with Absolute Contraindication is displayed when a medication is absolutely contraindicated for a pregnant patient.   
* If set to '''2,3''' signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.
+
* If set to '''Y''' the absolute contraindication rule is run.   
* If set to '''2,3,4''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications.
+
* If set to '''N''' the absolute contraindication rule is not run.
* If set to '''2,3,4,5''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications. 
 
* If set to '''Always''' signature is hidden for all medications.
 
 
 
This preference determines the signature is disabled when faxing Class II, III, IV, V Scheduled Meds.
 
 
 
* If set to '''2''' signature is hidden for Class II medications.   
 
* If set to '''2,3''' signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.
 
* If set to '''2,3,4''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications.
 
* If set to '''2,3,4,5''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications.   
 
* If set to '''Always''' signature is hidden for all medications.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,153: Line 5,271:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>2</li><li>2,3</li><li>2,3,4</li><li>2,3,4,5</li><li>Always
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Abide by State Law
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' RxWeb Outbound Problem Code'''
+
''' Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Prescriptions'''
 
 
*Note: Added in v11.4
 
 
 
This preference determines which ICD code value for linked problems is displayed in prescriptions printed and electronically sent via Surescripts.
 
  
 +
This preference determines whether the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when prescribing or renewing a medication. 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when prescribing or renewing a medication.  This behavior is also dependent on the 'Authentication Time-Out' in the general preferences. 
 +
* If set to '''N''' the provider or user will not be prompted to enter their password.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,172: Line 5,289:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>ICD-9</li><li>ICD-10
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|ICD-9
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' RxWeb List Limit'''
+
''' Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Prescriptions (Subkey:Print Rx)'''
 +
 
 +
*New in v11.2.2
  
This is a numeric value that limits the number of medications returned in a searchThis can be limited if searching is causing slow responses, but typically this is left blank.
+
This preference determines whether the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when printing new or renewed medications. 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when printing new or renewed medications.  This behavior is also dependent on the 'Authentication Time-Out' in the general preferences.   
 +
* If set to '''N''' the provider or user will not be prompted to enter their password.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,188: Line 5,309:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|leave blank (unlimited)
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Samples: Default Despense Date'''
+
In certain versions that have both ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)
 
+
and ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (without subkey), ReqReAuthActivatePrescription
Determines if the current date defaults as the dispense date for sample medications.
+
(Subkey: Print Rx) can override ReqReAuthActivatePrescription for medications with
 +
Print Rx selected as the prescribe action.
 +
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'Y'    ''and''
 +
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'Y'
 +
:::''Then'' - System prompts for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.
 +
 
 +
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'Y'    ''and''
 +
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'N'
 +
:::''Then'' - System prompts for re-authentication for any prescribe action except Print Rx, for which there is not a re-authentication prompt.
 +
 
 +
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'N'    ''and''
 +
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'N'
 +
:::''Then'' - System does not prompt for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.
 +
 
 +
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'N'    ''and''
 +
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'Y'
 +
:::''Then'' - System does not prompt for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.
 +
 
 +
''' Rx Supervisor Signature Required'''
 +
 
 +
This preference determines whether the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature. 
 +
* If set to '''Not Required''' the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication. 
 +
* If set to '''Notification Only''' the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when an ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication.  The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. 
 +
* If set to '''Authorization Before Fulfillment''' the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication.  The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider.  The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,204: Line 5,348:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required</li><li>Notification Only</li><li>Authorization Before Fulfillment
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|This should be based upon the organization's policy
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<ul><li>Org<ul><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Samples - ExpirationDateRequired'''
+
''' Rx Supervisor Signature Required for Schedule II Meds'''
  
Determines if the Expiration Date value is required when documenting samples.  
+
This preference determines whether the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature for Schedule II Meds. 
   
+
* If set to '''Not Required''' the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication.   
* If set to '''Y''' the Expiration Date would be a required field when dispensing samples.   
+
* If set to '''Notification Only''' the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication.  The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider.   
* If set to '''N''' the Expiration Date would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
+
* If set to '''Authorization Before Fulfillment''' the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication.  The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider.  The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,223: Line 5,367:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required</li><li>Notification Only</li><li>Authorization Before Fulfillment
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Based Upon Organizational Policy
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Samples - Lot Required'''
 
  
Determines if the Lot Value is required when documenting samples.   
+
''' Rx Supervisor Signature Required for Schedule III-V Meds'''
* If set to '''Y''' the Lot Number would be a required field when dispensing samples.   
+
 
* If set to '''N''' the Lot Number would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
+
This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature for Schedule III-V Meds.   
 +
* If set to '''Not Required''' the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering proider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication.   
 +
* If set to '''Notification Only''' the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication.  The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider.  * If set to '''Authorization Before Fulfillment''' the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication.  The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider.  The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,241: Line 5,386:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required</li><li>Notification Only</li><li>Authorization Before Fulfillment
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Based Upon Organizational Policy
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Samples - Manufacturer Required'''
+
''' Rx Disable Fax Signature(applies to Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications)'''
 +
 
 +
This preference determines the signature is disabled when faxing Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications.
  
Determines if the manufacturer is required when documenting samples.   
+
* If set to '''2''' signature is hidden for Class II medications.   
* If set to '''Y''' the Manufacturer would be a required field when dispensing samples.   
+
* If set to '''2,3''' signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.
* If set to '''N''' the Manufacturer would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
+
* If set to '''2,3,4''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications.
 +
* If set to '''2,3,4,5''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications.   
 +
* If set to '''Always''' signature is hidden for all medications.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,259: Line 5,408:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>2</li><li>2,3</li><li>2,3,4</li><li>2,3,4,5</li><li>Always
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Abide by State Law
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Disable Printing of Class II, III, IV, and V Schedule Medications'''
  
''' Samples - Quantity Required'''
+
Determines whether a signature prints for Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications. When enabled the requirement of Print signature is disabled.
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''2''' signature is hidden for Class II medications. 
 +
* If set to '''2,3''' signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.
 +
* If set to '''2,3,4''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications.
 +
* If set to '''2,3,4,5''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications. 
 +
* If set to '''Always''' signature is hidden for all medications.
 +
 
 +
This preference determines the signature is disabled when faxing Class II, III, IV, V Scheduled Meds.
  
Determines if the Quantity is required when documenting samples.   
+
* If set to '''2''' signature is hidden for Class II medications.   
* If set to '''Y''' the Quantity would be a required field when dispensing samples.   
+
* If set to '''2,3''' signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.
* If set to '''N''' the Quantity would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
+
* If set to '''2,3,4''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications.
 +
* If set to '''2,3,4,5''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications.   
 +
* If set to '''Always''' signature is hidden for all medications.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,278: Line 5,438:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>2</li><li>2,3</li><li>2,3,4</li><li>2,3,4,5</li><li>Always
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Abide by State Law
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' RxWeb Outbound Problem Code'''
  
''' Samples - Quantity Units Required'''
+
*Note: Added in v11.4
 +
 
 +
This preference determines which ICD code value for linked problems is displayed in prescriptions printed and electronically sent via Surescripts.
  
Determines if the Quantity Units is required when documenting samples. 
 
* If set to '''Y''' the Quantity Units would be a required field when dispensing samples. 
 
* If set to '''N''' the Quantity Units would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,297: Line 5,457:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>ICD-9</li><li>ICD-10
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|ICD-9
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Schedule III to V Meds Max Days)'''
+
''' RxWeb List Limit'''
  
* New in v11.2.2
+
This is a numeric value that limits the number of medications returned in a search. This can be limited if searching is causing slow responses, but typically this is left blank.
 
 
This preference (Schedule III to V Meds Max Days) enables you to set prescribing limits for Schedule III to V substances based on state requirements if the state limits are more restrictive than federal limits as set by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) (180
 
days).
 
When Schedule III to V medications are refilled, the application will check the value of the preference to ensure the maximum is not exceeded; a warning is displayed if the combination of days supply times the number of refills is greater than the limit. If the
 
preference is blank, federal limits apply. If you select the Split Rx check box in Medication Details - Order Entry, the number of days you enter there is also considered in the days supply calculation and evaluation.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,318: Line 5,473:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric Value 1-179
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-99
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Leave Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|leave blank (unlimited)
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Schedule III to V Meds Order Authorization Required'''
+
''' Samples: Default Despense Date'''
  
Determines if schedule III to V Meds Order Requires Authorization. 
+
Determines if the current date defaults as the dispense date for sample medications.
 
 
* If set to '''Prospective''' an Order Authorization task would be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information.  The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and the medication would not be fulfilled until the provider authorizes the task. 
 
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a Order Notification task would be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information.  The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and serves as an audit trail.  The medication would be fulfilled immediately and does not require this task to be worked first. 
 
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information, the medication would be fulfilled immediately.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,338: Line 5,489:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Base Upon Organization Policy
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<ul><li>Org<ul><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Schedule II Meds Max Days)'''
+
''' Samples - ExpirationDateRequired'''
  
* New in v11.2.2
+
Determines if the Expiration Date value is required when documenting samples.
 +
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the Expiration Date would be a required field when dispensing samples.
 +
* If set to '''N''' the Expiration Date would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
  
Enables the setting for prescribing limits for Schedule II substances based on state requirements if the state limits are more restrictive
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
than federal limits as set by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) (90 days).  If this preference is blank, federal limits apply. If you select the Split Rx check box in Medication Details - Order Entry, the number of days you enter there is also considered in the days supply calculation and evaluation.
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
Line 5,357: Line 5,508:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-89
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Samples - Lot Required'''
  
''' Schedule II Meds Order Authorization Required'''
+
Determines if the Lot Value is required when documenting samples.   
 
+
* If set to '''Y''' the Lot Number would be a required field when dispensing samples.   
This preference determines if Schedule II Med Orders Requires Authorization.   
+
* If set to '''N''' the Lot Number would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
* If set to '''Prospective''' an Order Authorization task would be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information.  The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and the medication would not be fulfilled until the provider authorizes the task.   
 
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a Order Notification task would be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information.  The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and serves as an audit trail.  The medication would be fulfilled immediately and does not require this task to be worked first. 
 
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information, the medication would be fulfilled immediately.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,377: Line 5,526:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Prospective Based on Organizational Poilcy
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Meds/Orders Preferences'''==
+
''' Samples - Manufacturer Required'''
  
''' Duplicate Checking Order Interval (Hrs)'''
+
Determines if the manufacturer is required when documenting samples. 
 
+
* If set to '''Y''' the Manufacturer would be a required field when dispensing samples.   
This Value is a number representing number of hours.  This tells the system how many hours in the past it should look for a duplicate order.  If a duplicate is found within the specified time frame, the user will receive a message with that information, which allows them to determine if another test is needed or not.
+
* If set to '''N''' the Manufacturer would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,395: Line 5,544:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Number 0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|48 (hours)
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' Enable Rx-Orders Verification'''
+
''' Samples - Quantity Required'''
  
* If set to '''Y''' this will require verification when non-provider users enter med or order history.  This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the clinical items before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart.  A Task would be created for the Ordering Provider to verify.   
+
Determines if the Quantity is required when documenting samples. 
* If set to '''N''', the medication or order entries would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart when added by a non-provider user.
+
* If set to '''Y''' the Quantity would be a required field when dispensing samples.   
 +
* If set to '''N''' the Quantity would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,414: Line 5,564:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Med/Orders List Review'''
 
  
*Note: This preference is currently not used.
+
''' Samples - Quantity Units Required'''
  
 
+
Determines if the Quantity Units is required when documenting samples. 
''' Monitor Order Selection'''
+
* If set to '''Y''' the Quantity Units would be a required field when dispensing samples.   
 
+
* If set to '''N''' the Quantity Units would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
* If set to '''Y''' the system will track how users are selecting orders.  This will determine if the user used their favorites, QuickSets or CareGuides.  This can be used to review workflows.  This information is stored in the database, but would require a special script to retrieve the data.   
 
* If set to '''N''', they will not track how orders are selected.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,441: Line 5,588:
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Order Cancel Reason'''
+
''' Schedule III to V Meds Max Days)'''
 +
 
 +
* New in v11.2.2
  
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Cancel reason if they choose to cancel an order.
+
This preference (Schedule III to V Meds Max Days) enables you to set prescribing limits for Schedule III to V substances based on state requirements if the state limits are more restrictive than federal limits as set by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) (180
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Cancel reason, but it is not required to continue.  
+
days).
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Cancel reason.
+
When Schedule III to V medications are refilled, the application will check the value of the preference to ensure the maximum is not exceeded; a warning is displayed if the combination of days supply times the number of refills is greater than the limit. If the
 +
preference is blank, federal limits apply. If you select the Split Rx check box in Medication Details - Order Entry, the number of days you enter there is also considered in the days supply calculation and evaluation.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,453: Line 5,603:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric Value 1-179
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Leave Blank
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Order Chargeable Requires Billable ICD-9'''
+
''' Schedule III to V Meds Order Authorization Required'''
 +
 
 +
Determines if schedule III to V Meds Order Requires Authorization. 
  
* If set to '''Required to Save''' the system will require that the problem is tied to a billable Problem with an appropriate ICD9 code when the Orderable item is defined as chargeableThis will need to be selected before the user can save the Order.   
+
* If set to '''Prospective''' an Order Authorization task would be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license informationThe task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and the medication would not be fulfilled until the provider authorizes the task.   
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''' the system will allow a user to save an Order with a CPT code, but it would go to a needs info status until someone associates an appropriate billable problem to the Order.  
+
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a Order Notification task would be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information.  The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and serves as an audit trail.  The medication would be fulfilled immediately and does not require this task to be worked first.
* If set to '''Not Required''' the system will not require a chargeable order be tied to an appropriate billable problem.  
+
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information, the medication would be fulfilled immediately.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,471: Line 5,623:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Save</li><li>Needs Info Reason</li><li>Not Required
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Base Upon Organization Policy
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Order CPT Requires Billable ICD9'''
+
''' Schedule II Meds Max Days)'''
 +
 
 +
* New in v11.2.2
  
* If set to '''Required to Save''' the system will require that the problem is tied to a billable Problem with an appropriate ICD9 code when the Orderable item has an associated CPT codeThis will need to be selected before the user can save the Order.
+
Enables the setting for prescribing limits for Schedule II substances based on state requirements if the state limits are more restrictive
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''' the system will allow a user to save an Order with a CPT code, but it would go to a needs info status until someone associates an appropriate billable problem to the Order. 
+
than federal limits as set by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) (90 days)If this preference is blank, federal limits apply. If you select the Split Rx check box in Medication Details - Order Entry, the number of days you enter there is also considered in the days supply calculation and evaluation.
* If set to '''Not Required''' the system will not require a chargeable order be tied to an appropriate billable problem.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,489: Line 5,642:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Save</li><li>Needs Info Reason</li><li>Not Required
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-89
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Order Discontinue Reason'''
 
  
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Discontinue reason if they choose to discontinue an order.   
+
''' Schedule II Meds Order Authorization Required'''
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Discontinue reason, but it is not required to discontinue.   
+
 
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Discontinue reason.  
+
This preference determines if Schedule II Med Orders Requires Authorization. 
 +
* If set to '''Prospective''' an Order Authorization task would be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information.  The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and the medication would not be fulfilled until the provider authorizes the task.   
 +
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a Order Notification task would be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information.  The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and serves as an audit trail.  The medication would be fulfilled immediately and does not require this task to be worked first.   
 +
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information, the medication would be fulfilled immediately.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,507: Line 5,662:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Prospective Based on Organizational Poilcy
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Order Defer Reason'''
+
''' Vaccine Information Statement'''
 +
NOTE: Added in V15.1
  
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Defer reason if they choose to defer an order. 
+
*Allows organizations to determine the functionality and default preferences for the Immunization Details.
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Defer reason, but it is not required to defer. 
 
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Defer reason.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,525: Line 5,679:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>None
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Requird
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Order Entered in Error Reason'''
+
*If set to '''None''', sets preference to mandatory and no default option is selected in Immunization Details.
 +
*If set to '''No''', the default is set to no and the user override is enabled allowing them to personalize the Vaccine Information Statement.
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', the default is set to yes then default optons are set for Immunization Details.
 +
 
 +
''' VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired'''
 +
*NOTE: Added in V15.1
 +
 
 +
*Allows organizations to determine if '''Visually Verified By''' is required on Immunization Details.
  
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Entered in Error reason if they choose to mark an order as entered in error. 
 
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Entered in Error reason, but it is not required to mark an order as entered in error. 
 
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Entered in Error reason.
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
Line 5,543: Line 5,700:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/a
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Order Permanent Defer Reason'''
+
*If set to '''No''', '''Visually Verified By''' is not required on Immunization Details.
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', '''Visually Verified By''' is required on Immunization Details. The name of the user or provider who visually verified the immunization must be selected.
 +
 
 +
''' VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired'''
 +
*NOTE: Added in V15.1
 +
 
 +
*Allows organizations to determine if '''Visually Verified By''' is required on Medication Details for medication administration orders.
  
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason if they choose to permanently defer an order.   
 
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason, but it is not required to permanently defer. 
 
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason.
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
Line 5,561: Line 5,720:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/a
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Order Void Reason'''
+
*If set to '''No''', '''Visually Verified By''' is not required on Medication Details.
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', '''Visually Verified By''' is required on Medication Details. The name of the user or provider who visually verified the medication administration must be selected.
 +
 
 +
=='''Meds/Orders Preferences'''==
 +
 
 +
''' Duplicate Checking Order Interval (Hrs)'''
 +
 
 +
This Value is a number representing number of hours.  This tells the system how many hours in the past it should look for a duplicate order.  If a duplicate is found within the specified time frame, the user will receive a message with that information, which allows them to determine if another test is needed or not.
  
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Void reason if they choose to void an order. 
 
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Void reason, but it is not required to void an order. 
 
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Void reason.
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
Line 5,579: Line 5,741:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Number 0-99
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|48 (hours)
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' Overdue Order Task Creation'''
+
''' Enable Rx-Orders Verification'''
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' this will require verification when non-provider users enter med or order history.  This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the clinical items before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart.  A Task would be created for the Ordering Provider to verify. 
 +
* If set to '''N''', the medication or order entries would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart when added by a non-provider user.
  
* If set to '''All Overdue''' the system will create Overdue order tasks assigned to the ordering provider for all orders that are considered overdue. 
 
* If set to '''Overdue Important''' the system will create overdue order tasks assigned to the ordering provider if the ordering provider selected the "Overdue Important" setting on the Order Details screen.
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
Line 5,597: Line 5,759:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>All Overdue</li><li>Overdue Important
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All Overdue
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Worklist Navigation After Authorize or Void'''
+
''' Med/Orders List Review'''
 +
 
 +
*Note: This preference is currently not used.
 +
 
 +
 
 +
''' Monitor Order Selection'''
  
Determines where a user will be navigated to after authorizing or voiding a medication or orderThe system will only navigate to the next patient when there are no outstanding items that require verification, review, authorization, or voiding.
+
* If set to '''Y''' the system will track how users are selecting ordersThis will determine if the user used their favorites, QuickSets or CareGuides.  This can be used to review workflows.  This information is stored in the database, but would require a special script to retrieve the data. 
 +
* If set to '''N''', they will not track how orders are selected.
  
*Default: Stay on worklist.
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
Line 5,615: Line 5,781:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Stay on Worklist</li><li>Go to next patient
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Stay on Worklist
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Note Preferences'''==
+
''' Order Cancel Reason'''
  
'''Auto Insert Note Audit Section'''  
+
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Cancel reason if they choose to cancel an order.
 
+
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Cancel reason, but it is not required to continue.  
* Added in v11.3
+
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Cancel reason.
 
 
This preference enables you to include the Audit Details section automatically in all V11 note input templates.
 
 
 
If set to '''Y''' the Audit Details section is automatically included in all V11 note input templates. You must still add the Audit Details section manually to any note output templates that you want to include it in.
 
 
 
If set to '''N''' the Audit Details section must be manually added in your note input template.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
 
'''Default Specialty In Form Selector'''
 
  
Enables users to able to default the Specialty that was selected in the note into the specialty filter in Form Selector.
+
''' Order Chargeable Requires Billable ICD-9'''
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''Required to Save''' the system will require that the problem is tied to a billable Problem with an appropriate ICD9 code when the Orderable item is defined as chargeable.  This will need to be selected before the user can save the Order. 
 +
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''' the system will allow a user to save an Order with a CPT code, but it would go to a needs info status until someone associates an appropriate billable problem to the Order.
 +
* If set to '''Not Required''' the system will not require a chargeable order be tied to an appropriate billable problem.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Save</li><li>Needs Info Reason</li><li>Not Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in the Note Output in Assessment'''
 
  
Enables the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in the '''Assessment''' Section of the Note Output( This preference applies to both V10 and V11 notes.)
+
''' Order CPT Requires Billable ICD9'''
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''Required to Save''' the system will require that the problem is tied to a billable Problem with an appropriate ICD9 code when the Orderable item has an associated CPT code.  This will need to be selected before the user can save the Order. 
 +
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''' the system will allow a user to save an Order with a CPT code, but it would go to a needs info status until someone associates an appropriate billable problem to the Order.   
 +
* If set to '''Not Required''' the system will not require a chargeable order be tied to an appropriate billable problem.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9</li><li>ICD-10</li><li>Both</li><li>None
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Save</li><li>Needs Info Reason</li><li>Not Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in the Note Output in Problem List'''
+
''' Order Discontinue Reason'''
  
Enables the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in the '''Problem List''' Section of the Note Output( This preference applies to both V10 and V11 notes.)
+
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Discontinue reason if they choose to discontinue an order. 
 +
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Discontinue reason, but it is not required to discontinue.   
 +
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Discontinue reason.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9</li><li>ICD-10</li><li>Both</li><li>None
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Document Add Review Stamp'''  
+
''' Order Defer Reason'''
  
* Added in v11.1.7
+
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Defer reason if they choose to defer an order. 
 
+
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Defer reason, but it is not required to defer.
Contols whether a Reviewed By stamp when a document Review Note task is completed when a provider selects '''Done''' to resolve the task rather than '''Sign'''
+
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Defer reason.  
 
 
If set to '''Y''' a review stamp displaying the reviewing provider's name, date & time will display on the document reviewed.
 
 
 
If set to '''N''' no review stamp will display.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Requird
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Note Auto Freeze Note Output After Number Days'''
+
''' Order Entered in Error Reason'''
 
 
Clinical Notes are often left in an un-finalized state for extended periods of time, allowing information from other encounters to inadvertently affect the content. To mitigate this issue, notes can be "frozen" after a predetermined period of time passes, after which subsequent edits to the Note are handled as amendments. This preference determines the number of days after the date of the encounter when a Note Output document will automatically freeze and change to Auto Frozen, Unsigned or Auto Frozen, Signed status.
 
 
 
''' Note: Output Template Properties settings overrides this setting.'''
 
  
 +
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Entered in Error reason if they choose to mark an order as entered in error. 
 +
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Entered in Error reason, but it is not required to mark an order as entered in error. 
 +
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Entered in Error reason.
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number 1-999 Days
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
 
 
'''Note Auto Unlock Notes After Time'''
 
  
This is a numeric value that represents hours.  This will tell the system how many hours should occur before the system automatically unlocks v11 note.  A note remains locked when a user is editing a note and at times this can be left open accidentally or an issue may have occurred that didn't properly close the note.  This preference only applies to v11 note. This preference prevents notes from being locked when there is no Touchworks EHR session open.
+
''' Order Permanent Defer Reason'''
  
 +
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason if they choose to permanently defer an order.   
 +
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason, but it is not required to permanently defer. 
 +
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason.
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li> Numeric 1-24
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|24 Hours
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Note Default Make Final'''
 
  
Allows the System Administrator to configure a default state for the Make Final option on the Note Signature page to accommodate the provider’s most common workflow for signing documents and the need to finalize.
+
''' Order Void Reason'''
 
 
If set to '''Y''' the 'Make Final' checkbox will default to being selected when a user or provider that has the appropriate signature levels. 
 
 
 
If set to '''N''' the 'Make Final' checkbox will default to not being selected.
 
  
 +
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Void reason if they choose to void an order. 
 +
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Void reason, but it is not required to void an order. 
 +
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Void reason.
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Navigation After Signing'''
 
  
Determines to which page the system navigates after the user signs a note.
+
''' Overdue Order Task Creation'''
  
If set to '''No Navigation''' the user or provider will not be taken off of the note upon signing.
+
* If set to '''All Overdue''' the system will create Overdue order tasks assigned to the ordering provider for all orders that are considered overdue.
 
+
* If set to '''Overdue Important''' the system will create overdue order tasks assigned to the ordering provider if the ordering provider selected the "Overdue Important" setting on the Order Details screen.
If set to '''Schedule''' the user or provider will be brought to the Daily Schedule screen upon signing the note.
+
 
 
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
If set to '''Task View''' the user or provider will be brought to the Task List screen upon signing the note.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
 
If set to '''MD Charges''' the user or provider will be brought to the Charge screen upon signing the note.
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>No Navigation</li><li>Schedule</li><li>Task View</li><li>MD Charges
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>All Overdue</li><li>Overdue Important
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Set at User Level Based on Workflow
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All Overdue
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 
 
'''Note Default Owner'''
 
  
Determines the default owner for Notes.
+
''' Worklist Navigation After Authorize or Void'''
  
If set to '''Use Appointment Encounter Provider if available, else use Most Recently Used''' the system will default the note owner as the Appointment ProviderIf there is no encounter provider available it will default to the most recently used provider.
+
Determines where a user will be navigated to after authorizing or voiding a medication or orderThe system will only navigate to the next patient when there are no outstanding items that require verification, review, authorization, or voiding.   
 
 
If set to '''Always use Most recently used note owner''' the system will default the note owner to the last provider used for that userThis is a preferred method when the user primarily works from an ancillary schedule such as a Lab Schedule and the encounter provider is not an actual human.
 
 
 
If set to '''None''' the note owner will not default and will need to be selected each time a new note is created.
 
  
 +
*Default: Stay on worklist.
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Use Appointment Encounter Provider if Available, Else Use MRU</li><li>Always use Most Recently Used Note Owner</li><li>None
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Stay on Worklist</li><li>Go to next patient
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Use Appointment Encounter Provider if Available, Else Use MRU
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Stay on Worklist
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Note Default Signature Display'''
+
=='''Note Preferences'''==
 +
 
 +
'''Allscripts Prenatal Default Navigation After Closing'''  
 +
 
 +
*NOTE: Added in V15.1
  
This setting defines the format of the signature when signing a note. The available formats are:
+
Determines the workspace where Allscripts Touchworks EHR will navigate to once a Prenatal note is saved and closed from the Prenatal tab. This preference is only used for versions of Allscripts Touchworks EHR that are integrated with Allscripts Prenatal.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,825: Line 5,981:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Date/Time Signature Type-Firstname Last Name, Credientials</li><li>Date/Time Signature Stamp-Firstname Lastname, Credentials (UserProfession)</li><li>Firstname Lastname, Credentials;Date/Time (Signature Type)</li><li>Firstname Lastname, Credentials;
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Task View</li><li>No Navigation</li><li>Schedule</li><li>MD Charges
Date/Time - Signature Type</li><li>Firstname Lastname, Credentials; UserProfession Date/Time (Signature Type)</li><li>Firstname Lastname, Date/Time(Signature Type)</li><li>Firstname Lastname,UserProfession Date/Time(Signature Type)
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Set at User Level based on workflow
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Firstname Lastname, Date/Time(Signature Type)
 
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Note Default Visit Type'''
+
'''Auto Insert Note Audit Section'''  
  
Allows users to default to the previously used Visit Type within the Note Selector.
+
* Added in v11.3
  
If set to '''None''' the visit type will not have a default value on the v11 note selector screen.
+
This preference enables you to include the Audit Details section automatically in all V11 note input templates.
  
If set to '''Last''' the visit type will default to the last visit type selected in the v11 note selector screen.
+
If set to '''Y''' the Audit Details section is automatically included in all V11 note input templates. You must still add the Audit Details section manually to any note output templates that you want to include it in.
  
 +
If set to '''N''' the Audit Details section must be manually added in your note input template.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,847: Line 6,003:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>None</li><li>Last
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Note Default Visit Type'''
 
  
Allows users to default to the previously used Visit Type within the Note Selector.
+
'''Default Signature Type for Scan Document'''
  
If set to '''None''' the visit type will not have a default value on the v11 note selector screen.
+
*NOTE:  Added in v15.1
 
 
If set to '''Last''' the visit type will default to the last visit type selected in the v11 note selector screen.
 
  
 +
Determines the default signature type on scanned documents.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,868: Line 6,021:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>None</li><li>Last
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Available options are filled from the '''Signature Purpose''' dictionary
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
 +
 +
'''Default Signature Type for Structured Notes and Admin Forms'''
  
   
+
*NOTE: Added in v15.1
'''Note Do Not Generate Document Appt Encounter Tasks'''
 
 
 
This task would serve as a reminder for the appointment encounter provider to create a note for the patients visit.  The task will automatically be completed once a note is created. Most organizations use the note icon display on the schedule as the reminder or confirmation that all notes were created and choose not to use this option.
 
 
 
If set to '''Y''' the system will not generate Document Appointment Encounter Tasks.
 
  
If set to '''N''' the system will generate Document Appointment Encounter Tasks.
+
Determines the default signature type on '''Note Signature''' page for V11 Note and Admin Form document types.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,889: Line 6,039:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Available options are filled from the '''Signature Purpose''' dictionary
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Note Do Not Generate Review Covered Note Tasks'''
+
'''Default Signature Type for Unstructured Note'''  
  
This task would apply when a provider is covering for another provider and signs off on a note for them. This setting also depends on the '''Create Review Covered Note Task on Finalization''' setting in the [[Document Type]] dictionary.  Both settings must be set properly to activate the task workflow.
+
*NOTE: Added in v15.1
 
 
If set to '''Y''' the system will not generate Review Covered Note Tasks.
 
 
 
If set to '''N''' the system will generate Review Covered Note Tasks. 
 
  
 +
Determines the default signature type for unstructured notes.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,910: Line 6,057:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Available options are filled from the '''Signature Purpose''' dictionary
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Note Include TempDeferred Medications''' New in v11.4.1
+
'''Default Specialty In Form Selector'''
  
Enables user to view temporary deferred medications and choose to defer or to reactivate the medication. Medications can be included or excluded with a status of Temporary Deferral in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections as displayed in the Note Authoring Workspace. Regardless of how this preference is set, these medications are not included in the note output.
+
Enables users to able to default the Specialty that was selected in the note into the specialty filter in Form Selector.
 
 
'''Y'''- the medications with a status of 'Temporary Deferral' are displayed in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections in the Note Authoring Workspace.
 
 
 
'''N'''- medications with a status of Temporary Deferral are not displayed in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections in the Note Authoring Workspace.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,932: Line 6,075:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
 +
 +
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in the Note Output in Assessment'''
  
   
+
Enables the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in the '''Assessment''' Section of the Note Output.  ( This preference applies to both V10 and V11 notes.)
'''Note Lock Lists After Number Days'''
 
  
''' This preference is no longer in use.'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
 
 
 
'''Is V10 Note User Only'''
 
 
 
If set to '''Y''' the user or provider will only be able to create v10 notes.  The v10 note selector will be presented to the user.
 
 
 
If set to '''N''' the user or provider will be presented with the v11 note selector and have the ability to select either version of notes available to them.
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
Line 5,954: Line 6,089:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9</li><li>ICD-10</li><li>Both</li><li>None
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Is Clinical Note User'''
+
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in the Note Output in Problem List'''
  
If set to '''Y''' the user or provider will only be defaulted to V11 Note, but will have the option to switch to Clinical Note in the note selector.
+
Enables the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in the '''Problem List''' Section of the Note Output.  ( This preference applies to both V10 and V11 notes.)
 
 
If set to '''N''' the user or provider will be presented with the V11 note selector and have the option to switch to V10, Unstructured or Admin Forms (if applicable)
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,972: Line 6,105:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9</li><li>ICD-10</li><li>Both</li><li>None
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Based on Organization
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Note CC or RFV Required for E&M Code'''  
+
'''Document Add Review Stamp'''  
 +
 
 +
* Added in v11.1.7
  
Enables Organizations to decide whether a warning message if the Chief Complaint or Reason for Visit section does not contain a Medcin finding or text template.
+
Contols whether a Reviewed By stamp when a document Review Note task is completed when a provider selects '''Done''' to resolve the task rather than '''Sign'''
  
If set to '''Y''' the E&M coder will require the Chief Complaint or Reason for Visit to C or RFV be set.
+
If set to '''Y''' a review stamp displaying the reviewing provider's name, date & time will display on the document reviewed.
  
If set to '''N''' the E&M coder will not require these values.  
+
If set to '''N''' no review stamp will display.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,994: Line 6,129:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Note E/M Coder default to MDM tab'''
+
'''Enable Note Charge Summary'''  
  
If set to '''Y''' the E/M coder will default to the Medical Decision Making tab instead of the Summary tab.
+
*NOTE: Added in v15.1
  
If set to '''N''' the E/M coder will default to the Summary tab.
+
Determines whether the Charge Summary button is displayed in the '''Note Authoring''' workspace for chargeable encounters.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,016: Line 6,151:
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Post Text to Current Note'''
 
  
If set to '''Y''' the default will be for the "post text to current note" option to be on.  This will tell the system that the users actions should be posted to a note.  There is a toggle button on the Clinical toolbar that can change this behavior easily during certain workflows. 
+
'''Note Auto Freeze Note Output After Number Days'''
  
If set to '''N''' the default will be for the "post text to current note" option to be off. There is a toggle button on the Clinical toolbar that can change this behavior easily during certain workflows.
+
Clinical Notes are often left in an un-finalized state for extended periods of time, allowing information from other encounters to inadvertently affect the content. To mitigate this issue, notes can be "frozen" after a predetermined period of time passes, after which subsequent edits to the Note are handled as amendments. This preference determines the number of days after the date of the encounter when a Note Output document will automatically freeze and change to Auto Frozen, Unsigned or Auto Frozen, Signed status.
  
 +
''' Note: Output Template Properties settings overrides this setting.'''
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,029: Line 6,164:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number 1-999 Days
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Note Auto Unlock Notes After Time'''
  
'''UseAutoPrintForDefaultTemplate'''
+
This is a numeric value that represents hours.  This will tell the system how many hours should occur before the system automatically unlocks v11 note. A note remains locked when a user is editing a note and at times this can be left open accidentally or an issue may have occurred that didn't properly close the note.  This preference only applies to v11 note. This preference prevents notes from being locked when there is no Touchworks EHR session open.  
 
 
'''This preference is no longer used.'''
 
 
 
'''Use V10 Note for New Inbound Patient Portal Messages'''
 
 
 
This preference is used to indicate whether a V10 or a V11 Note is created when a new inbound message is received from Allscripts Patient Portal™.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,049: Line 6,180:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li> Numeric 1-24
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|24 Hours
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 +
 
 +
'''NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface'''
  
'''V11 Portal Note Default Clinical Summary Message'''
+
Determines whether users can submit charges from Charge Summary.  
 
 
This preference is used to define default text in the Message box for a V11 portal note that is also defined as a clinical summary.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,065: Line 6,196:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>User entered Text
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Organization</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
|}
+
|}  
 +
 
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', users can submit charges from '''Charge Summary'''.
 +
*If set to '''No''', a message will display that charges must be submitted from the '''Encounter Form'''.
 +
     
 +
 
 +
'''Note Default Make Final'''
 +
 
 +
Allows the System Administrator to configure a default state for the Make Final option on the Note Signature page to accommodate the provider’s most common workflow for signing documents and the need to finalize.
  
'''V11 Portal Note Default Clinical Summary Subject'''
+
If set to '''Y''' the 'Make Final' checkbox will default to being selected when a user or provider that has the appropriate signature levels. 
  
This preference is used to define default text in the Subject box for a V11 portal note that is also defined as a clinical summary.
+
If set to '''N''' the 'Make Final' checkbox will default to not being selected.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,081: Line 6,220:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>User entered Text
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Orders Preferences'''==
+
'''Default Navigation After Signing'''
  
'''Add Clinical Item Order Selection Method Default'''
+
Determines to which page the system navigates after the user signs a note.
  
This preference affects the '''New''' button on the Meds or Orders Component in the Clinical Desktop.
+
If set to '''No Navigation''' the user or provider will not be taken off of the note upon signing.
This preference affects the MU Alert - Medication Status when a user selects "New Medication"
+
 
 +
If set to '''Schedule''' the user or provider will be brought to the Daily Schedule screen upon signing the note.
 +
 
 +
If set to '''Task View''' the user or provider will be brought to the Task List screen upon signing the note.
  
If set to '''Problem Based''' the ACI window will default to the problem based tab which is best for users that utilize CareGuide or QuickSets.
+
If set to '''MD Charges''' the user or provider will be brought to the Charge screen upon signing the note.
*  If set to '''Rx-Orders''' the ACI window will default to the Rx/Orders tab which is best for users that don't use CareGuides or QuickSets.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,103: Line 6,244:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Problem Based<ul></li><li>Rx Orders
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>No Navigation</li><li>Schedule</li><li>Task View</li><li>MD Charges
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depending on CareGuides and QuickSets
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Set at User Level Based on Workflow
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
   
+
 
'''Allow Manual Settings of Specimen To Be Collected Field:'''  
+
'''Note Default Owner'''
  
Enables organization's to allow Will be Collected in Office? for a speciman in Order Details to be manually set by end user.
+
Determines the default owner for Notes.
  
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
+
If set to '''Use Appointment Encounter Provider if available, else use Most Recently Used''' the system will default the note owner as the Appointment Provider.  If there is no encounter provider available it will default to the most recently used provider.
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
  
'''Always Present Print Dialog When Printing Requisition'''
+
If set to '''Always use Most recently used note owner''' the system will default the note owner to the last provider used for that user.  This is a preferred method when the user primarily works from an ancillary schedule such as a Lab Schedule and the encounter provider is not an actual human.
  
If set to '''Y''' the 'Use Default Order Requisition Printer' option on the Encounter summary will default to unchecked and unless changed, the user will always be presented with the Print Dialog box when printing an Order Requisition.
+
If set to '''None''' the note owner will not default and will need to be selected each time a new note is created.
*  If set to '''N''' the 'Use Default Order Requisition Printer' option on the Encounter summary will default to checked and unless changed, the user will only be presented with the Print Dialog box when printing an Order Requisition if they do not have defaults defined.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,136: Line 6,266:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Use Appointment Encounter Provider if Available, Else Use MRU</li><li>Always use Most Recently Used Note Owner</li><li>None
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Use Appointment Encounter Provider if Available, Else Use MRU
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Days before Scheduled Order Children To Be Done Date to Create Them'''
+
'''Note Default Signature Display'''
  
This is a numeric value that represents the number of days before a scheduled order is created.  This is based on the "To Be Done Date" defined on the scheduled order.   
+
This setting defines the format of the signature when signing a noteThe available formats are:
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,152: Line 6,282:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number 0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Date/Time Signature Type-Firstname Last Name, Credientials</li><li>Date/Time Signature Stamp-Firstname Lastname, Credentials (UserProfession)</li><li>Firstname Lastname, Credentials;Date/Time (Signature Type)</li><li>Firstname Lastname, Credentials;
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|6 Days
+
Date/Time - Signature Type</li><li>Firstname Lastname, Credentials; UserProfession Date/Time (Signature Type)</li><li>Firstname Lastname, Date/Time(Signature Type)</li><li>Firstname Lastname,UserProfession Date/Time(Signature Type)
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Firstname Lastname, Date/Time(Signature Type)
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Note Default Visit Type'''
 +
 +
Allows users to default to the previously used Visit Type within the Note Selector.
  
'''Enable Orderable Item selection by RPL Filtering:'''  
+
If set to '''None''' the visit type will not have a default value on the v11 note selector screen.
 +
 
 +
If set to '''Last''' the visit type will default to the last visit type selected in the v11 note selector screen.
  
Allows the organization to enable RPL filtering by the To Be Performed box from within the ACI.
 
NOTE: this is NOT available at the user level.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,169: Line 6,304:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>None</li><li>Last
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Enable Orderable Item selection by Site Filtering:'''  
+
   
 +
'''Note Do Not Generate Document Appt Encounter Tasks'''
 +
 
 +
This task would serve as a reminder for the appointment encounter provider to create a note for the patients visit.  The task will automatically be completed once a note is created.  Most organizations use the note icon display on the schedule as the reminder or confirmation that all notes were created and choose not to use this option.
  
Allows the organization to enable site filtering based on the site restrictions configured in the OID.
+
If set to '''Y''' the system will not generate Document Appointment Encounter Tasks.
  
NOTE: If there are NO site restrictions configured, then the system displays the orderable items for all sites.
+
If set to '''N''' the system will generate Document Appointment Encounter Tasks.
NOTE: This preference is NOT available at the user level
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,188: Line 6,325:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Hold Orders for ABN'''
+
'''Note Do Not Generate Review Covered Note Tasks'''
Determines if Orders are placed in a status of On Hold if they do not pass medical necessity checking and do not have an ABN Waiver Disposition set.
+
 
 +
This task would apply when a provider is covering for another provider and signs off on a note for them.  This setting also depends on the '''Create Review Covered Note Task on Finalization''' setting in the [[Document Type]] dictionary.  Both settings must be set properly to activate the task workflow.
 +
 
 +
If set to '''Y''' the system will not generate Review Covered Note Tasks.
 +
 
 +
If set to '''N''' the system will generate Review Covered Note Tasks.
  
*  If set to '''Y''' and order will be put in an 'On Hold' status until the ABN requirements are fulfilled.
 
*  If set to '''N''' the order will not be put on an 'On Hold' status due to ABN requirements.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,206: Line 6,346:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required for Non-Medication Order'''
+
'''Note Include TempDeferred Medications''' New in v11.4.1
  
This is a numeric value that represents the number of minutes before a user must enter their password to authenticate when ordering a non-medication order.
+
Enables user to view temporary deferred medications and choose to defer or to reactivate the medication. Medications can be included or excluded with a status of Temporary Deferral in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections as displayed in the Note Authoring Workspace. Regardless of how this preference is set, these medications are not included in the note output.
* Value of '''0''' means that the users will be prompted every time to enter their password.
+
 
* Value of '''blank''' means that the user will never be prompted to enter their password.
+
'''Y'''- the medications with a status of 'Temporary Deferral' are displayed in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections in the Note Authoring Workspace.
 +
 
 +
'''N'''- medications with a status of Temporary Deferral are not displayed in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections in the Note Authoring Workspace.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,224: Line 6,366:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|O Minutes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Non-Medication Order Authorization Required'''
+
   
 +
'''Note Lock Lists After Number Days'''
 +
 
 +
''' This preference is no longer in use.'''
 +
 
 +
 
 +
'''Is V10 Note User Only'''
 +
 
 +
If set to '''Y''' the user or provider will only be able to create v10 notes.  The v10 note selector will be presented to the user.
  
If set to '''Prospective''' an Order Authorization task will be created for the Ordering Provider if the user entering the order does not have the required ordering authority to order the item.  This task must be completed before the order will be sent or fulfilled.
+
If set to '''N''' the user or provider will be presented with the v11 note selector and have the ability to select either version of notes available to them.  
*  If set to '''Retrospective''' and Order Notification task will be created for the Ordering Provider if the user entering the order does not have the required ordering authority to order the item.  This task is informational only and does not prevent the order from being sent or fulfilled.
 
*  If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,242: Line 6,390:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prospective<ul></li><li>Retrospective<ul></li><li>Not Required
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Order Medical Necessity Turned On'''
+
'''Is Clinical Note User'''
 +
 
 +
If set to '''Y''' the user or provider will only be defaulted to V11 Note, but will have the option to switch to Clinical Note in the note selector.
  
If set to '''Y''' Medical Necessity checking will be enabled.
+
If set to '''N''' the user or provider will be presented with the V11 note selector and have the option to switch to V10, Unstructured or Admin Forms (if applicable)
*  If set to '''N''' Medical Necessity checking will be disabled.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,259: Line 6,408:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Based on Organization
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Order Entry Authorization'''
+
'''NoteOutputProgressCheckWarningTiming'''  
 +
 
 +
Enables Organizations to decide if and when a warning is displayed if a note output that is configured to participate in note output progress check is not complete.
 +
 
 +
If set to '''Y''' the E&M coder will require the Chief Complaint or Reason for Visit to C or RFV be set.
  
*  If set to '''Y''' Order Authorization tasks will be created if an orderable item is defined to require prospective authorization.
+
If set to '''N''' the E&M coder will not require these values.  
If set to '''N''' orders will not require authorization.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,276: Line 6,428:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Never</li><li>On Closing</li><li>On signing</li><li>On Finalization
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Order Entry Notify Level'''
+
*If set to '''Never''', if the output is incomplete no warning is displayed to the user.
 +
*If set to '''On Closing''', a warning will display when a note is closed that has at least 1 output participating in a progress check and the output has failed at least 1 check.
 +
*If set to '''On Signing''', a warning will display when a note is signed that has at least 1 output participating in a progress check and the output has failed at least 1 check.
 +
*If set to '''On Finalization''', a warning will display when a note is finalized has at least 1 output participating in a progress check and the output has failed at least 1 check.
 +
 
 +
 
 +
'''Note CC or RFV Required for E&M Code'''  
  
This setting is no longer used, leave blank.
+
Enables Organizations to decide whether a warning message if the Chief Complaint or Reason for Visit section does not contain a Medcin finding or text template.
  
'''Order Expiration Date Default'''
+
If set to '''Y''' the E&M coder will require the Chief Complaint or Reason for Visit to C or RFV be set.
  
Determines the default expiration date for an order and works in conjuction with '''Order Expiration Interval Days'''.
+
If set to '''N''' the E&M coder will not require these values.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,296: Line 6,454:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>To Be Done<ul></li><li>Date Order Entered
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Order Expiration Interval Default (Days)'''
+
'''Note E/M Coder default to MDM tab'''
  
Determines the numeric value used to calculate the expiration of an Order and works in conjuction with '''Order Expiration Date Default''' preference.
+
If set to '''Y''' the E/M coder will default to the Medical Decision Making tab instead of the Summary tab.
  
Example: If the value is set to 30 (days), then the system calculates the expiration date of
+
If set to '''N''' the E/M coder will default to the Summary tab.
the order 30 days from either the To Be Done date or the Date Order Entered.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,315: Line 6,472:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Organizational Decision
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
 
'''Ordering Medications if Patient has Unverified Allergies'''
 
  
*  If set to '''Prevent''' the system will require that the user verify unverified allergies before they can complete or save the order.
+
'''OrderAuthenticationTimeOut'''
* If set to '''Warn''' the system will notify the user that a patient has unverified allergies, but will not prevent them from ordering the medication.
+
*NOTE: Added in V17.1
*  If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the system will not notify the user if the patient has unverified allergies.
+
 
 +
Allows organizations to determine the amount of time a user can be logged in the application before re-entering his/her password to sign a V11 note.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,333: Line 6,489:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prevent<ul></li><li>Warn<ul></li><li>Do Not Warn
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Integer
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Ordering Medications if Patient has Unverified Medications'''
+
*If value is set to '''0''', the user must enter his/her password to sign a note.
 +
*If value is set to '''5''', the user will be prompted to enter his/her password if their session time exceeds 5 minutes.
 +
 
 +
'''Post Text to Current Note'''
 +
 
 +
If set to '''Y''' the default will be for the "post text to current note" option to be on.  This will tell the system that the users actions should be posted to a note.  There is a toggle button on the Clinical toolbar that can change this behavior easily during certain workflows. 
 +
 
 +
If set to '''N''' the default will be for the "post text to current note" option to be off.  There is a toggle button on the Clinical toolbar that can change this behavior easily during certain workflows. 
  
*  If set to '''Prevent''' the system will require that the user verify unverified medications before they can complete or save the order.
 
*  If set to '''Warn''' the system will notify the user that a patient has unverified medications, but will not prevent them from ordering the medication.
 
*  If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the system will not notify the user if the patient has unverified medications.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,351: Line 6,511:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prevent<ul></li><li>Warn<ul></li><li>Do Not Warn
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Do Not Warn
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Order Problem Linking Required'''
 
  
*  If set to '''Required to Save''' the user must select a problem on the order detail screen before they are allowed to save the order.
+
'''PreventNoteMakeFinal (Subkey: Charge Summary)'''
*  If set to '''Needs Info Reason''' the user will not be required to select a problem on the order detail screen, but the order will go to a 'Needs Info' status and must be completed before the order can be sent.
+
 
*  If set to '''Not Required''' a user will not be required to select a problem when completing an order.  
+
Determines if a note can be signed and made final from Charge Summary when encounter items are still pending and their is a workers' compensation case ID.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,369: Line 6,527:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required to Save<ul></li><li>Needs Info Reason<ul></li><li>Not Required
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Editing Order Updates Supervised by Field'''
+
*If set to '''Yes''', and the Encounter Summary is associated with a case ID that has pending items, the note cannot be signed and made final until complete. A warning message will display.
 +
*If set to '''No''', and the Encounter Summary is associated with a case ID that has pending items, the note can be signed and made final.
 +
 
 +
'''UseAutoPrintForDefaultTemplate'''
 +
 
 +
'''This preference is no longer used.'''
 +
 
 +
'''Use V10 Note for New Inbound Patient Portal Messages'''
  
*  If set to '''Y''' the supervised field will be updated to the current user when updating an order.
+
This preference is used to indicate whether a V10 or a V11 Note is created when a new inbound message is received from Allscripts Patient Portal™.
*  If set to '''N''' the supervised field will remain unless manually changed by the user.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,386: Line 6,550:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Order Warning-Chargeable Problem Linkage to Billable ICD-9 Interrupt Timing'''
 
  
*  If set to '''Immediate''' the system will immediately warn and require the user to select an appropriate billable ICD9 code if the 'Orders Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is on.
+
'''Use V11 Note Copy Forward/Previous Hx/Exam behavior'''
*  If set to '''Deferred''' the system will warn and require the user to select an appropriate billable ICD9 code if the 'Orders Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is on when they attempt to commit the patient data.
+
 
*  If set to '''Never''' and the 'Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is off, the user will not be prompted.
+
Allows organization to configure Copy/Forward function.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,404: Line 6,566:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Deferred<ul></li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Disable Copy Forward/Previous</li><li>Allow Copy Forward/Previous</li><li>Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Deferred
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allow Copy Forward/Previous
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
 
'''Order Warning-Problem Linkage Interrupt Timing'''
 
  
* If set to '''Immediate''' and problem linking is required, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon entering the order.
+
*If set to '''Disable Copy Forward/Previous''', Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History will not be available from the note authoring workspace.
* If set to '''Deferred''' and problem linking is required, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon selecting the commit button.
+
*If set to '''Disable Copy Forward/Previous''', Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History will be available from the note authoring workspace and will copy regardless of whether you edit the form from a previous note.  
* If set to '''Never''' and problem linking is not required, the user will not be prompted.
+
*If set to '''Limited Copy forward/Previous after note form edit''', Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History can be used to copy form data based on the note form controls.
 +
 
 +
'''V11 Portal Note Default Clinical Summary Message'''
 +
 
 +
This preference is used to define default text in the Message box for a V11 portal note that is also defined as a clinical summary.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,422: Line 6,586:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Deferred<ul></li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>User entered Text
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Deferred
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Order Warning-Performing Location Problem Linkage to Billable ICD9 Required Interrupt Timing'''
+
'''V11 Portal Note Default Clinical Summary Subject'''
  
*  If set to '''Immediate''' and problem linking is required for the performing location, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon entering the order.
+
This preference is used to define default text in the Subject box for a V11 portal note that is also defined as a clinical summary.
*  If set to '''Deferred''' and problem linking is required for the performing location, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon selecting the commit button.
 
*  If set to '''Never''' and problem linking is not required for the performing location, the user will not be prompted.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,440: Line 6,602:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Deferred<ul></li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>User entered Text
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Orders'''
+
=='''Order Status Reason Preferences'''==
 +
Preferences in this category are used to accommodate Order Status Reasons for all orderable item types.
 +
The orderable item types in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ include Instructions, Precautions, Follow Up, Referral, Laboratory, Other Diagnostic Testing, Supplies, Medication, Dx Imaging, Clinical Findings, Med Admin, and Immunization.
 +
 
 +
There are several valid values for Order Status Reason preferences:
 +
::* '''Required'''
 +
::* '''Prompt'''
 +
::* '''Allowed'''
 +
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''
  
* If set to '''Y''' the user will be prompted to enter their password if they have not authenticated within the timeframe specified for the 'Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required for Non-Medication Order' setting.
+
'''Allow free text for reminder reasons'''
If set to '''N''' the user will not be required to enter their password for new or renewed orders.  This setting does not apply to medications.
+
*This preference adds/enables a Free Text Reason box to open for patient reminders in Health Management Reminder Details.
 +
::* '''Allowed''' - Allows the '''Free Text Reason''' box to display on the Health Management Reminder Details so that a free text reason can be entered. This is the default setting.
 +
::* '''Required'''- Requires that a reason is entered into the '''Free Text Reason''' box on the Health Management Reminder Details.
 +
::* '''Prompt''' - The '''Free Text Reason''' box will prompt for a reason to be entered on the Health Management Reminder Details, however an entry is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,457: Line 6,630:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Unspecified Billing Provider Matching'''  
+
'''Clinical Findings Cancel Reason'''
  
Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
This preference determines whether the application prompts the user to enter a reason when canceling a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:
 
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when user changes the status of a Clinical Findings order to Canceled. The page can not be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.  
* If set to '''Order Only''' the system behaves as it is currently.   
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when user cancels a Clinical Findings order. User can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
* If set to '''Exact Match''' the billing provider derived from the order must match exactly to the encounter on which the charges are generated. If the ordering provider and billing provider do not match the charges will not drop for that encounter.
+
::* '''Allowed'''- User is neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.   
 +
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. User cannot close this page until a predefined reason for canceling the Clinical Findings order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. Free text may also be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,476: Line 6,650:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Order Only<ul></li><li>Exact Match
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Order Only
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
 
      
 
      
'''When to Use Default Supervising Provider'''  
+
'''Clinical Findings DC Reason'''
  
Note: New in v11.2
+
Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:
 
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text in the Text box.  
This preference determines when the default supervising provider (from the Default Supervising Provider ID user preference) is used for non-medication orders.  
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text in the Text box.
 
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
* If set to '''Always''' the application looks to ''Supervising Provider'' on Add Clinical Item (ACI) and utilizes that indicated user/provider as long as that user/provider has authority to supervise the orderable item.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Clinical Findings order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued order status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.  
::*If the indicated user/provider does not have sufficient authority, Order Details is displayed and Supervised by is blank and required (yellow background).  
 
 
 
If set to '''As Needed''' the application tries to utilize the indicated ''Ordering Provider'', if one is present and that provider has the level to supervise the order, regardless if a different supervising provider is present on ACI or set via the '''Default Supervising Provider ID''' preference.
 
::*If that Ordering Provider is not defined or does not have authority, the application looks at the defined Supervising Provider in the ACI, if one is present.
 
::*If that provider has the authority to supervise the order, then they are entered in Supervised By.
 
::*If a provider with sufficient authority cannot be determined based on the indicated Ordering Provider or the indicated supervising provider, Order Details is displayed and Supervised by is blank and required (yellow background).  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,502: Line 6,670:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Always<ul></li><li>As Needed
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|As Needed
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Clinical Findings Defer Reason'''
  
=='''Problem Preferences'''==
+
*  Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when temporarily deferring a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:
 
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text in the Text box.
'''ACI Active Problem Search Filter Defaults:'''  
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a Clinical Findings order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
'''Note: Moved to Problems Preferences in 11.2.3'''
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Clinical Findings order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.  
 
 
Allows users to filter the problem search results by default and multiple settings can be selected base on organizational preference.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,522: Line 6,690:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Exclude Non-Billable<ul></li><li>Seach Phys Exam Findings<ul></li><li>Exclude Synonyms</li><li>Limit Search Results per Concept<ul></li><li>Limit ICD Seach to Preferred Base<ul></li><li>Limit Search Reulst to Provider Friendly Terms
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''ACI Family History Search Filter Defaults:'''  
+
'''Clinical Findings EIE Reason'''
 
+
*  Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when changing the status of a Clinical Findings order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:
'''Note: Moved to Problems Preferences in 11.2.3'''
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to EIE. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text in the Text box.
 
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order.
Allows the user to filter the Family History search results by default.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason when changing a Clinical Findings order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the Clinical Findings order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,540: Line 6,709:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Exclude Non-Billable<ul></li><li>Seach Phys Exam Findings<ul></li><li>Exclude Synonyms</li><li>Limit Search Results per Concept<ul></li><li>Limit ICD Seach to Preferred Base<ul></li><li>Limit Search Reulst to Provider Friendly Terms
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''ACI Past Medical History Search Filter Defaults:'''
 
  
'''Note: Moved to Problems Preferences in 11.2.3'''
+
'''Clinical Findings Permanent Defer Reason'''
 +
*  Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when permanently deferring a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.
 +
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a Clinical Findings order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Clinical Findings order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
  
Allows the user to filter the Past Medical History search results by default.
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 6,558: Line 6,729:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Return results with ICD9 Codes Only</li><li>Return Symptoms & Diagnoses Only</li><li>Exclude Physical Exam Findings
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
 
+
'''Clinical Findings Void Reason'''
'''ACI Social History Search Filter Defaults'''
+
*  Use this preference to indicate whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when voiding a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:
 
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Voided, either from Order Details or if you select Void from the context menu. You cannot close this page without both indicating a reason for voiding the order.
'''NOTE: Moved from General Category in 11.2.3'''
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a Clinical Findings order, but you can close the page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering free text.
 
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason when voiding a Clinical Findings order (Change Status is not displayed). OK remains enabled on Order Details
Allows the user to filter the Social History search results by default.
+
::::Note:  Select this setting for orders that are appropriate only for a short period of time. For example, an immunization order that is temporarily deferred because the patient refuses it, or a glucose test that is temporarily deferred because the patient did not fast prior to his or her appointment
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- You must select a predefined reason for voiding a Clinical Findings order, even if you enter a reason in the Text box. Predefined reasons are those defined in the Order Status Reason dictionary that are mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box but this is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,577: Line 6,749:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Exclude Synonyms</li><li>Limit Search Results per Concept</li><li>Limit ICD Search to Preferred Base</li><li>Limit Search Results to Provider Friendly Terms
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' All View: Defaults for Hiding'''
+
'''Dx Imaging Cancel Reason'''
 
+
*  Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when canceling a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:
Enables users to specify which problem sets to hide by default.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.
 
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel a Dx Imaging order. You can close this page without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text.
* If Set to '''None''' then both transitioned and Supressed problems will be displayed by default.
+
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,595: Line 6,768:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Transitioned, Suppressed<ul></li><li>Transitioned<ul></li><li>Suppressed<ul></li><li>None
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Transitioned, Suppressed
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in Problem Search'''
 
  
NOTE: Added in 11.4
+
'''Dx Imaging DC Reason'''
 
+
*  Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when discontinuing a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:
Provides the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in problem
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text in the Text box.  
or diagnosis search results returned in Problem Search Dialog or Diagnosis Search
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
Dialog.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,615: Line 6,788:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10<ul></li><li>Both<ul></li><li>None
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
     
 
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in Problem List'''
 
  
NOTE: Added in 11.4
 
  
Provides the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes on patient problem lists in Clinical Desktop, QChart, Add Clinical Item Problem Pane, and Note Authoring Workspace.
+
'''Dx Imaging Defer Reason'''
 +
* Use the Dx Imaging Defer Reason preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when temporarily deferring a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text in the Text box.
 +
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for deferring the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,633: Line 6,808:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10<ul></li><li>Both<ul></li><li>None
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Enable Problem Verification''' see [[Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification]]
 
  
* If set to '''Y''' problems will be set to an unverified status when entered by a non-provider userThis information would need to be verified by a provider prior to becoming part of the patient chart.
+
'''Dx Imaging EIE Reason'''
If set to '''N''' problems will not get set to an unverified status.
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when changing the status of a Dx Imaging order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to EIE. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order to EIE and entering free text in the Text box.
 +
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to EIE. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order.
 +
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for changing the status of the Dx Imaging order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for marking the Dx Imaging order as entered in error. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''ExportProblemCreateDateInCED'''
 
  
NOTE: Added in 11.4
+
'''Dx Imaging Permanent Defer Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when permanently deferring a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:
A problem onset date is required when exporting patient data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Clinical Exchange Document (CED). If no problem onset date value is designated in Onset Date of Problem Details, the ExportProblemCreateDateInCED preference in the Problem category displays the date the problem was created, and the problem onset date information is displayed in the CED after export.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text in the Text box.
 +
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,668: Line 6,848:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Family Member Picklist for Family History Problems'''
 
  
NOTE: Added in 11.4.1
+
'''Dx Imaging Void Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when voiding a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Voided. You cannot close this page without selecting both a reason for voiding the order and entering free text in the Text box.
 +
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for voiding the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
  
enables Organization to set the options that are displayed by default in the Family Members list (Add Clinical Item > History Builder > Fam Hx) and the Family Member drop-down list (Problem Details).  The entries that are designated as first degree family members in the selected picklist are the options for No pertinent Family History for the MU alert on encounter summary '''Family health history is not documented in first degree relative'''.
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 6,686: Line 6,868:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>All Clinical Relationship Dictionary Picklists
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Family History
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
|}  
+
|}
  
'''Managed By Provider Required'''
 
  
NOTE: Added in 11.4
+
'''Follow Up Order Cancel Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when when you cancel a Follow Up order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.
 +
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
  
Determines whether the selection of a provider from the Managed By box on the Problem Details page is required when a problem is assessed.
 
* If set to '''Y''' then a Managed by Provider is required. 
 
**Note that the application will check to see if the users is a provider and if so then the provider will automatically populate the Managed By box. 
 
**If the user is not a provider then the system will chell for the Default Entering for Provider ID and that value will be added to the Manged By box. 
 
**If the entry does not meet the above situations then the Managed By box will appear yellow and an entry will be required from the user.
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 6,708: Line 6,888:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Problem Resolved Date Equals Today'''
 
  
* If set to '''Y''' the resolved date will default to today when resolving a problem.
+
'''Follow Up Order DC Reason'''
If set to '''N''' the resolved date will not default and must be manually entered if desired.
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when discontinuing a Follow Up order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text.
 +
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text.
 +
::'''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,725: Line 6,908:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Problem Include in PMH All'''
 
  
* If set to '''Unchecked''' the 'Include in PMHx' option will not be selected by default on the problem detail screen.
+
'''Follow Up Order Defer Reason'''
If set to '''Checked for All''' the 'Include in PMHx' option will always be selected by default on the problem detail screen.
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when deferring a Follow Up order. The prompts are:
If set to '''Checked for Chronic Only''' the 'Include in PMHx' option will only be selected by default on the problem detail screen if the problem is classified as a chronic problem.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text.
 +
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for deferring the order or entering free text.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,743: Line 6,928:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Unchecked<ul></li><li>Checked for All<ul></li><li>Checked for Chronic Only
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Unchecked
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Problem List Review'''
 
  
This is currently unused, leave blank.
+
'''Follow Up Order EIE Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when changing the status of a Follow Up order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:
'''Problem Post to Encounter'''
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to EIE from Order Details. You cannot close Change Status without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text.
 
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.
If set to '''Y''' the problem will post to the encounter form when assessed.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.
If set to '''N''' the problem will not post to the encounter form when assessed.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the Follow Up order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,764: Line 6,948:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Show Billable Indicators'''
 
  
NOTE: Added in 11.4
+
'''Follow Up Order Permanent Defer Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you permanently defer a Follow Up order. The prompts are:
Determines whether the billable indicators column is displayed for problems listed in search results.  
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.
 
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering free text.
* If set to '''Y''' then the billabe indicators columns displayed by defualt in search results.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
* If set to '''N''' then the billable indicators columns is not displayed by default.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
 
 
**Note: The '''Show Billing Information For''' and '''Derive Billing Indicator''' preferences work in conjunction with this to dtermine when billing indicators are displayed.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,787: Line 6,968:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''ShowBillingInformationFor'''
 
  
NOTE: Added in 11.4
 
  
Determines whether billable indicators are displayed for problem search results and on problem lists for ICD-9 or ICD-10 coded problems. It also determines whether ICD-9 or ICD-10 codes are displayed in these areas of the application: For in Medication Viewer, Order Viewer, and Immunization Viewer; Link To for Medication Details, Order Details, and Immunization Details; and problems in Encounter Summary, Audit Viewer for medications and orders, and Refine Problem context menu entry.    
+
'''Follow Up Order Void Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you void a Follow Up order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Voided. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.
 +
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering free text.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,805: Line 6,988:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|ICD-9
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Show Unverified Problems in the ALL view only'''
 
  
* If set to '''Y''' unverified problems will only appear in the All Problem view.   
+
'''Immunization Order Cancel Reason'''
If set to '''N''' unverified problems will appear in their respective categories.
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you cancel an Immunization order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Canceled by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for canceling the order and enter free text.                                                                When you select Cancel from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.
 +
::* '''Prompt'''- When you cancel an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text. When you select Cancel from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You can close this page without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text.
 +
::'''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,822: Line 7,008:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''When No Linked V code for PMH'''
 
  
Added in v11.1.7
 
  
Determines the behavior when a PMH item does not have a linked history code.  
+
'''Immunization Order DC Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify how the application prompts you to provide a reason when you discontinue an Immunization order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Discontinued by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on the Change Status window. OK is disabled until you select a reason for discontinuing the order and enter free text.                                                    When you select Order D/C from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text.
 +
::*  '''Prompt'''- When you discontinue an Immunization order by clicking Status from Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status are displayed, but not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text. When you select Order D/C from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- When you discontinue an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK on Change Status without selecting a reason or entering free text. When you select Order D/C from the context menu, you are neither required nor prompted to enter a reason for discontinuing the Immunization order.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you discontinue an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for discontinuing the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required. If you select Order D/C from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without selecting a pre-defined reason for discontinuing the order.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,840: Line 7,028:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show Diagnosis Codes for Acive Problems<ul></li><li>Show no Diagnosis Codes
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show Diagnosis Codes for Acive Problems
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Reconciler Preferences'''==
 
  
''' DaysBeforeItemCanBePurged'''
+
'''Immunization Order Defer Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you temporarily defer an Immunization order. The prompts are:
Note: New to v11.3
+
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Temporary Deferral by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for temporarily deferring the order and enter text.                                                    
 
+
::*  '''Prompt'''-When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order or entering text.
Allows a purge process to set the number of days an item will remain on the Error Queue.  
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK on Change Status without selecting a reason or entering text.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for temporarily deferring the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Number</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|90 days
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul><li>Enterprise</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' Reconciler Fields to Include in Patient ID Search'''
+
'''Immunization Order EIE Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you change the status of an Immunization order to entered in error (EIE).  The prompts are:
Note: New to v11.3
+
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to EIE by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for changing the status of the order and enter free text. When you select Enter in Error from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text.                                                   
 
+
::*  '''Prompt'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order or entering text.
Allows various values in the patient ID search in the Reconciler Bridge Details pageIf no values selected then search is by patient MRN only.  
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK on Change Status without selecting a reason or entering text.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for temporarily deferring the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Blank</li><li>Other</li><li>Other2</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''3)Reconciler Fields to Include in Patient Phone Search'''
 
 
Note: New to v11.3
 
 
Allows the value included in patient phone number search in the Reconciler Bridge Details page. If no value selected then the search will be based only on the patient phone number.
 
  
 +
'''Immunization Order Permanent Defer Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when permanently deferring an Immunization order.  The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Permanent Deferral by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering text in the Text box.                                                   
 +
::*  '''Prompt'''- When you permanently defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering free text.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- When you permanently defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK without selecting a reason or entering free text.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you permanently defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for permanently deferring the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Blank</li><li>Work</li><li>Cell</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Results Preferences'''==
 
  
'''Abnormal Result Flag OverrideAllowed'''
+
'''Immunization Order Void Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason for voiding an Immunization order.  The prompts are:
* If set to '''Y''' users will have the ability to override the abnormal flag sent from a vendor on the results detail screen.   
+
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Voided by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for voiding the order and enter free text. When you select Void from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for voiding the order and entering text.                                                   
If set to '''N''' users will not have the ability to override the abnormal flag sent from a vendor.
+
::*  '''Prompt'''- When you void an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text. When you select Void from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text.
 +
::* '''Allowed'''- When you void an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text. When you select Void from the context menu, you are neither required nor prompted to enter a reason for voiding the Immunization order.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you void an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for voiding the order. You can also enter text in the Text box, but it is not required. If you select Void from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without selecting a pre-defined reason for voiding the order.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,916: Line 7,107:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Vitals - <10 years old'''
 
  
This is a free text field that defines the default vitals panel used for children under 10 years oldThis value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is case sensitive.
+
'''Instruction Cancel Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you cancel an Instruction order.  The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.                         
 +
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel an Instruction order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 +
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling an Instruction order. When you change the status of an order on Order Details, OK remains enabled.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel an Instruction order. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,932: Line 7,127:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Vitals - 3 year old and younger'''
 
  
This is a free text field that defines the default vitals panel used for children 3 years old and youngerThis value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive.
+
'''Instruction DC Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you discontinue an Instruction order.  The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text.                         
 +
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.  
 +
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,948: Line 7,147:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Vitals - Female 10 years old or older'''
 
  
This is a free text field that defined the default vitals panel used for female patients 10 years old and olderThis value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive.
+
'''Instruction Defer Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you temporarily defer an Instruction order.  The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text.                         
 +
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for deferring the order or entering text.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.  
 +
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,964: Line 7,167:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Vitals - Male 10 years old or older'''
 
  
This is a free text field that defined the default vitals panel used for male patients 10 years old and olderThis value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive.
+
'''Instruction EIE Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason for changing the status of an Instruction order to entered in error (EIE).  The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to EIE from Order Details. You cannot close Change Status without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering text in the Text box.                         
 +
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.
 +
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for changing the status of an Instruction order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the Instruction order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,980: Line 7,187:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
 
 
'''Disable QVerify All and Verify All'''
 
  
Added in v11.1.7
 
  
* If set to '''Y''' this will disable the use of Qverify All and Verify All
+
'''Instruction Permanent Defer Reason'''
* If set to '''N''' this will enable the use of Qverify All and Verify All
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason for permanently deferring an Instruction order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering text in the Text box.                         
 +
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering text.
 +
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring an Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter text in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,999: Line 7,207:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Hide Grid Header from Result Display in Worklist'''
 
  
Added in v11.1.7
+
'''Instruction Void Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you void an Instruction order. The prompts are:
Determines if the grid header is hidden or not from the result display in the Worklist.
+
::* '''Required'''- The Change Status page is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Voided. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for voiding the order and entering text in the Text box.                        
 
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text in the Text box.
* If set to '''Y''' this will hide the grid header from the display in the Worklist.
+
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
* If set to '''N''' this will not hide the grid header from the display in the Worklist.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 7,020: Line 7,227:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Number of Days of Results to Include in Clinical Exchange Document'''
 
  
This is a numeric value that determines the number of days in the past that the Clinical Exchange Document will obtain results when created.
+
 
+
'''Laboratory Cancel Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you cancel a laboratory order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text.                       
 +
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel a laboratory order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling a laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''-Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but text is not required.  
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 7,036: Line 7,247:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3 Days
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Number of Days of Vital Signs to include in Clinical Exchange Document'''
 
  
This is a numeric value that determines the number of days in the past that the Clinical Exchange Document will obtain vitals data when created.  
+
 
 +
'''Laboratory DC Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you discontinue a laboratory order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text.                       
 +
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering text.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''-You are neither prompt